Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / US Foods

US Foods

usfd · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker usfd
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · US Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
U
S
F
O
O
D
S

®

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
2
2

 
 
 
 
Additionally, we completed our warehouse 
selection technology deployment program, 
which enables an enhanced associate 
experience, improved selection accuracy 
and, ultimately, a better customer experience. 
We addressed turnover challenges faced by 
many companies in 2022 with a laser focus 
on improving retention by simplifying our 
core processes, strengthening leadership 
engagement and piloting more flexible 
shift schedules – all of which began to pay 
dividends in the second half of the year. 
And we continued to transform our Supply 
Chain, which is a key lever in improving our 
operational performance. 

None of this progress would have been 
possible without our dedicated associates 
who focus on serving our customers and 
bring our Cultural Beliefs to life day in and 
day out, which drives our performance and 
makes US Foods a great place to work.   

 LOOKING AHEAD

Building on our momentum in 2022, we 
are well-positioned for future profitable 
growth. I am excited to lead this next 
chapter for US Foods, and I am optimistic 
about our future and our ability to continue 
to deliver value to our shareholders, 
customers, associates and communities. 

Thank you again for your trust and 
investment in our company. 

Dave Flitman 
Chief Executive Officer 

Dear Shareholders: 

On behalf of our Board of Directors and our 
associates, thank you for your investment 
in US Foods®.

As US Foods’ new Chief Executive Officer, 
I am honored to lead one of America’s 
top food distribution companies, serving 
approximately 250,000 restaurants and 
foodservice operators across the country. 
I am also incredibly proud of our 29,000 
associates who, in 2022, delivered our 
strongest financial performance in recent 
history by executing against our long-range 
plan that we announced early last year.

FISCAL YEAR 2022 HIGHLIGHTS  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Net income available to common 
shareholders was $228 million 

Adjusted EBITDA increased 23.9%  
to $1.31 billion1

Diluted EPS was $1.01 and Adjusted 
Diluted EPS was $2.141, an increase  
of 38.1% 

Net sales increased 15.5% to $34.1 
billion 

Total case volume increased 1.7% and 
independent restaurant case volume 
increased 4.3% 

Gross profit increased 18.0% to $5.5 
billion
Net debt reduced by $220 million1 

Introduced $500 million share 
repurchase program  

We produced these strong results by 
making significant progress against each  
of the three pillars of our long-range plan.

GREW PROFITABLE MARKET SHARE

First, we took systematic steps to grow 
profitable market share, outgrowing the 
market by approximately 150 basis points, 
excluding targeted exits. We drove even 
stronger share gains in independent 
restaurants. 

We continued to provide on-trend, 
versatile, labor-saving and sustainably-
sourced private label brand products 
          through our innovative Scoop™ lineup, 
                   which proudly includes products  

from our Hungry for Better program. In fact, 
last year was our most successful Scoop in 
the program’s 11-year history.

From the introduction of our industry-
leading technology platform, MOXē, to 
expanding our Pronto™ service to nearly 30 
markets, to opening six new CHEF’STORE® 
locations in 2022, we made tremendous 
strides in positioning US Foods as a partner 
of choice for our customers through 
innovative technology and our omnichannel 
offering. Furthermore, as our customers 
navigated inflation, our Restaurant 
Operations Consultants provided tools to 
help operators adjust their menu offerings 
and pricing, and identified private label 
brand options to save time and labor.

FURTHER OPTIMIZED GROSS MARGINS

Second, we increased gross margins 
through several strategic initiatives, 
including pricing optimization, while 
effectively managing supply challenges 
and inflation and deflation. We improved 
our fill rates despite a challenging supply 
environment and strengthened vendor 
service levels by collaborating with 
vendors who truly want to win with us.  
Our Cost of Goods management program 
performed well, with approximately 40% of 
our total vendor spend addressed last year. 
Additionally, we made significant progress 
on inbound logistics, yielding improved 
financial results and better collaboration 
with our partners.

IMPROVED OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCIES 

Third, we continued to improve our 
operational efficiencies despite a 
challenging macro labor environment. Our 
enhanced routing efforts drove miles out 
of our network – which also reduces our 
carbon footprint, contributing to our recent 
science-based climate goal to reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions by 32.5% by 
2032 from a 2019 base year. To simplify 
how we operate, we tackled unproductive 
inventory, resulting in a 5% SKU reduction 
over prior year. 

1Each of these measures are non-GAAP financial measures. 
See Annex A for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to 
the corresponding GAAP results.

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 2

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

OR

☐ 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File No. 001-37786 

US FOODS HOLDING CORP. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

26-0347906

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 100 
Rosemont, IL 60018 
(847) 720-8000 
(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Trading symbol(s)
USFD

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.    Yes ☒    No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     Yes ☒    No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.   

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☒

☐ 

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

 
 
 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the 
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the 
registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ☐    No  ☒ 

As of July 1, 2022, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock 
held by non-affiliates was approximately $7.0 billion (based on the reported closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date on the New York Stock 
Exchange). 224,320,466 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding as of February 10, 2023. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, relating to the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 18, 2023, are incorporated herein by reference for purposes of 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. 

US Foods Holding Corp.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.

PART I.

Item 1.

Business 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2.

Properties 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

[Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. Other Information 

Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

2

9

19

20

21

21

22

23

24

34

36

77

77

79

79

80

80

80

80

80

81

85

86

Basis of Presentation

We operate on a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the 
additional week in the fiscal fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and January 2, 2021 are also 
referred to herein as fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Our fiscal years 2022 and 2021 were 52-week fiscal years. Our 
fiscal year 2020 was a 53-week fiscal year.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) which are not historical in nature are “forward-looking statements” 
within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These  statements  often  include  words  such  as  “believe,”  “expect,”  “project,” 
“anticipate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “outlook,”  “estimate,”  “target,”  “seek,”  “will,”  “may,”  “would,”  “should,”  “could,”  “forecast,” 
“mission,” “strive,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions (although not all forward-looking statements may contain such words) and 
are based upon various assumptions and our experience in the industry, as well as historical trends, current conditions, and expected 
future developments. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results, and there are 
a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed 
in the forward-looking statements, including, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and other factors set forth in Item 1A of Part I, 
“Risk Factors,” and Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of 
this Annual Report.

In light of these risks, uncertainties and other important factors, the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report might not prove 
to be accurate, and you should not place undue reliance on them. All forward-looking statements attributable to us, or others acting on 
our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. 
All  of  these  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  made,  and  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-
looking statements, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

Comparisons  of  results  between  current  and  prior  periods  are  not  intended  to  express  any  future  trends,  or  indications  of  future 
performance, unless expressed as such, and should be viewed only as historical data. 

1

Item 1. 

Business

PART I

US Foods Holding Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to in this Annual Report as “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company,” 
or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of its operations through its wholly owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. (“USF”) 
and its subsidiaries. 

Our Company

We are among America’s great food companies and leading foodservice distributors. Built through organic growth and acquisitions, 
we trace our roots back over 150 years to a number of heritage companies with rich legacies in food innovation and customer service. 

We  strive  to  inspire  and  empower  chefs  and  foodservice  operators  to  bring  great  food  experiences  to  consumers.  This  mission  is 
supported by our strategy of GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™, which is centered on providing customers with the innovative products, 
business  support  and  technology  solutions  they  need  to  operate  their  businesses  profitably.  We  operate  as  one  business  with 
standardized business processes, shared systems infrastructure, and an organizational model that optimizes national scale with local 
execution, allowing us to manage our business as a single operating segment. We have centralized activities where scale matters and 
our local field structure focuses on customer facing activities. 

We  supply  approximately  250,000  customer  locations  nationwide.  These  customer  locations  include  independent  restaurants,  chain 
restaurants, healthcare, hospitality, education and other customers. We provide more than 400,000 fresh, frozen, and dry food stock-
keeping units, or SKUs, as well as non-food items, sourced from approximately 6,000 suppliers. Approximately 4,000 sales associates 
manage customer relationships at local, regional, and national levels. Our sales associates are supported by sophisticated marketing 
and  category  management  capabilities,  as  well  as  a  sales  support  team  that  includes  world-class  chefs  and  restaurant  operations 
consultants, new business development managers and others that help us provide more comprehensive service to our customers. Our 
extensive network of 70 distribution facilities and fleet of approximately 6,500 trucks, along with 86 cash and carry locations, allow us 
to operate efficiently and provide high levels of customer service. This operating model allows us to leverage our nationwide scale and 
footprint while executing locally. 

Our Industry

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry has a large number of companies competing in the space, including local, regional, and 
national foodservice distributors. Foodservice distributors typically fall into three categories, representing differences in customer 
focus, product offering, and supply chain:

•

•

•

Broadline distributors which offer a “broad line” of products and services;

System distributors which carry products specified for large chains; and

Specialized distributors which primarily focus on specific product categories (e.g., meat or produce) or customer types.

Given our mix of products and services, we are considered a broadline distributor. A number of adjacent competitors also serve the 
U.S. foodservice distribution industry, including cash-and-carry retailers, commercial wholesale outlets, commercial website outlets, 
and grocery stores. Customer buying decisions are based on the assortment of product offered, quality, price, and service levels. 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry serves different customer types of varying sizes, growth profiles, and product and service 
requirements,  including  independent  restaurants,  regional  and  national  restaurant  chains,  healthcare  customers  (such  as  hospital 
systems, nursing homes and long-term care facilities), hospitality customers (ranging from large hotel chains to local banquet halls, 
country clubs, casinos and entertainment complexes), colleges and universities, K-12 schools, and retail locations. Our target customer 
types—independent  restaurants,  healthcare  and  hospitality—value  foodservice  distributors  with  a  broad  product  offering  and  value-
added services that help them be efficient and effective in running their operations. As described in more detail below, our GREAT 
FOOD. MADE EASY.™ strategy resonates with these types of customers, and for this reason, we believe our growth prospects with 
these customers are greater than with other customer types.

In fiscal year 2022, no single customer represented more than 3% of our total customer sales. Sales to our top 50 customers/GPOs 
represented approximately 43% of our net sales in fiscal year 2022.

We have entered into contractual relationships with certain group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) that negotiate pricing, delivery 
and other terms on behalf of their members. In fiscal year 2022, GPO members accounted for approximately 21% of our net sales. 
GPO members are primarily comprised of customers in the healthcare, hospitality, education, and government/military industries.

2

There are several important dynamics affecting the industry, including: 

•

•

•

Evolving consumer tastes and preferences. Consumers demand healthy and authentic food choices with fewer artificial 
ingredients,  and  they  value  locally-harvested  and  sustainably-manufactured  food  and  packaging  products.  In  addition, 
many ethnic food offerings are becoming more mainstream as consumers show a greater willingness to try new flavors 
and cuisines. Changes in consumer preferences create opportunities for new and innovative products and for unique food- 
away-from-home destinations. This, in turn, is expected to create growth, expand margins, and produce better customer 
retention  opportunities  for  those  distributors  with  the  flexibility  to  balance  national  scale  and  local  preferences.  We 
believe foodservice distributors will need broader product assortments, extended supplier networks, effective supply chain 
management capabilities, and strong food safety and quality programs to meet these needs.

Generational  shifts  with  Millennials  and  Baby  Boomers.  Given  their  purchasing  power  and  diverse  taste  profiles, 
Millennials,  Generation  Z  and  Baby  Boomers  will  continue  to  significantly  influence  food  consumption  and  the  food 
away  from  home  market.  According  to  recent  U.S.  Census  Bureau  statistics,  there  were  89  million  individuals  born 
between  1982  and  2002  in  the  U.S.,  making  Millennials  and  Generation  Z  the  largest  demographic  cohorts.  When  it 
comes to food, Millennials and Generation Z are open-minded and curious, and willing to seek out new flavors, dining 
experiences  and  diverse  menu  offerings,  while  also  demanding  customization,  convenience  and  sustainable  products. 
Independent  restaurants  are  well  positioned  to  capitalize  on  these  preferences.  As  Millennials’  and  Generation  Z’s 
disposable income increases, we believe this demographic will be key to driving growth in the broader U.S. food industry. 
We also expect that Baby Boomers will continue to shape the industry as they remain in the workplace longer, which is 
expected to prolong their contribution to food-away-from-home expenditures.

Growing importance of technology. We see significant continued growth being driven by the increased utilization of, and 
reliance on technology by foodservice distributors, customers and diners. E-commerce solutions streamline the purchasing 
process  and  increase  customer  retention.  They  also  deepen  the  relationship  between  foodservice  distributors  and 
customers,  creating  personalized  insights  and  services  that  can  make  both  more  efficient.  We  believe  foodservice 
distributors  that  have  deeper,  technology-enabled  relationships  with  customers  are  better  able  to  accelerate  their 
customers’ adoption of new products and increase customer loyalty, giving them a competitive edge. Technology is also 
growing in importance and helping to level the playing field for independent restaurants. Mobile food delivery and social 
media  apps  make  independent  restaurants  more  competitive  with  larger  restaurant  chains,  and  help  this  customer  type 
attract more diners at a relatively low cost. We believe these technology trends will continue to accelerate as Millennials 
and Generation Z place a greater reliance on technology and become key influencers and decision-makers within the food 
industry,  including  at  the  customer  level.  Consequently,  we  believe  foodservice  distributors  which  are  focused  on 
strengthening their technology, data analytics, and related capabilities will be well-positioned to capitalize on these trends.

We believe that we have the scale, foresight and agility required to proactively address these trends and, in turn, benefit from higher 
sales growth, greater customer retention, increased private label penetration, and improved profitability. 

Our Business Strategy 

Our  GREAT  FOOD.  MADE  EASY.™  strategy  is  built  on  a  differentiation  focus  in  product  assortment,  customer  experience  and 
innovation.  Through  this  strategy,  we  also  serve  our  customers  as  consultants  and  business  partners,  bringing  our  customers 
personalized solutions and tailoring a suite of innovative products and services to fit each customer’s needs. 

The GREAT FOOD portion of our strategy is anchored by leading quality and innovation in produce and center-of-the-plate and other 
innovative products such as those featured in Scoop™, a program that introduces innovative and on-trend products multiple times a 
year, helping our customers keep their menus fresh and delivering back-of-house convenience to reduce their labor and food costs. A 
growing part of our Scoop portfolio is our Serve Good® program. The Serve Good program features more than 500 products that are 
sustainably-sourced or contribute to waste reduction. Our private brand portfolio is guided by a spirit of innovation and a commitment 
to delivering superior quality products and value to customers. While we offer products under a spectrum of private brands, and at 
different price points, all are designed to deliver quality, performance and value to our customers. 

MADE  EASY  is  aimed  at  providing  operators  reliability  and  flexibility  in  our  service  model  supported  by  tools  and  resources  to 
support them in running their businesses. This means on-time and complete orders and customer choice via the omni-channel offering 
we have to serve our customers. These offerings are supported with technology and expertise that make it easier to transact with us 
and  run  their  businesses.  Our  mobile  technology  platform  provides  customers  with  a  personalized  e-commerce  ordering  experience 
and  easy-to-use  business  analytics  tools.  Our  portfolio  of  value-added  services  helps  customers  address  key  pain  points  like  food 
waste, back-of-house operations and diner traffic. By delivering our products and services through a differentiated team-based selling 
approach, we provide customers access to a diverse team of experts including chefs, center-of-the-plate and produce specialists and 
restaurant operations consultants. Approximately 80% of our customers utilize our e-commerce solutions. Customers utilizing these 
solutions tend to purchase more products and have stronger commercial relationships with us.

3

As noted above, our strategy of making it easier for our customers includes servicing our customers through multiple channels. We 
have 86 cash and carry locations to provide more customers with a retail option in between deliveries and to cost effectively serve 
more price-conscious and smaller customers. The cash and carry offering was significantly enhanced by our acquisition in 2020 of 
Smart  Foodservice  (as  described  below).  In  addition,  US  Foods  Direct™  more  than  doubles  our  product  assortment  and  provides 
customers with access to thousands of specialty products which ship directly to them from the supplier. More recently, we expanded 
our  US  Foods  Pronto™  service  in  select  markets  to  let  restaurant  operators  receive  smaller  orders  more  frequently.  All  of  these 
channels provide our customers options to shop their way.

We  believe  our  GREAT  FOOD.  MADE  EASY.™  strategy  enables  us  to  reach  more  customers  and  create  deeper  relationships  with 
existing ones, particularly within our target customer types—independent restaurants, healthcare, and hospitality—and drive increased 
penetration of our private brand products. Further, we believe this strategy positions us to make the most of the continued growth in 
food-away-from-home consumption and consumer preferences for innovative, on-trend flavors. As an enabler of this strategy, we have 
invested  in  embedding  continuous  improvement  in  our  operations  to  increase  service  consistency  and  efficiency  and  to  engage 
employees in improving our day-to-day processes.

Acquisitions have also historically played an important role in supporting the execution of our growth strategy. On April 24, 2020, 
USF completed the acquisition of Smart Stores Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Smart Foodservice”), from funds managed 
by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, Inc. for $972 million. Smart Foodservice is a company that operated 70 small-format cash 
and carry stores across California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah and Washington, serving small and mid-sized restaurants 
and other food business customers with a broad assortment of products. 

Integrating Smart Foodservice and realizing synergies from acquisitions are key priorities for the Company. Following the completion 
of  the  Smart  Foodservice  acquisition,  we  have  prioritized  deleveraging  our  balance  sheet,  however  we  may  selectively  pursue 
acquisition opportunities in the future if they are aligned with and enhance our strategic priorities. 

Products and Brands 

We have a broad assortment of products and brands designed to meet customers’ needs. In many categories, we offer products under a 
spectrum of private brands based on price and quality, covering a range of values and qualities. 

The table below presents the sales mix for our principal product categories for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Meats and seafood

Dry grocery products

Refrigerated and frozen grocery products

Dairy

Equipment, disposables and supplies

Produce

Beverage products
Total Net sales

2022

Fiscal Years
2021

(in millions)

2020

$ 

12,375  $ 

11,245  $ 

5,758 

5,253 

3,564 
3,536 

1,840 
1,731 

4,979 

4,453 

2,801 
3,090 

1,454 
1,465 

8,131 

3,931 

3,583 

2,394 
2,455 

1,205 
1,186 

$ 

34,057  $ 

29,487  $ 

22,885 

We  have  registered  the  trademarks  US  Foods®,  Food  Fanatics®,  and  CHEF’STORE®  as  part  of  our  overall  brand  strategy  and  our 
retail outlets. We have also registered or applied for trademark protection in the U.S. for our private brands. These trademarks and our 
private brands are widely recognized within the U.S. foodservice industry. Our U.S. trademarks are effective as long as they are in use 
and their registrations are properly maintained. We do not have any patents or licenses that are material to our business.

Suppliers

We purchase from approximately 6,000 individual suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 5% of our aggregate purchases in 
fiscal year 2022. Our suppliers generally are large corporations selling national brand name and private brand products. Additionally, 
regional and local suppliers support targeted geographic initiatives and private label programs requiring regional and local distribution. 

Seasonality

Our business does not fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and, as a result, is not considered seasonal. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government Regulation

As  a  manufacturer,  processor,  marketer,  distributor  and  seller  of  food  and  non-food  products,  we  are  subject  to  various  laws  and 
regulations. A summary of some of these laws and regulations is provided below.

Product Distribution 

We  are  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  manufacturing,  processing,  handling,  storage,  transportation,  sale, 
advertising  and  labeling  of  food  products,  including  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act, 
Bioterrorism  Act,  Food  Safety  Modernization  Act,  Federal  Meat  Inspection  Act,  Poultry  Products  Inspection  Act,  Perishable 
Agricultural  Commodities  Act,  Country  of  Origin  Labeling  Act,  regulations  issued  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration 
(“FDA”)  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (“USDA”),  and  other  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  our 
operations  and  products  that  could  restrict  the  sale  of  certain  products  or  result  in  enforcement  actions  by  federal,  state  and  local 
government agencies under applicable standards. 

Our distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA and are subject to periodic government agency inspections by federal and/
or state authorities. We have a number of processing facilities for certain meat, poultry, seafood and produce products. These units are 
registered  and  inspected  by  the  USDA  (with  respect  to  meat  and  poultry)  and  the  FDA  (with  respect  to  produce  and  seafood)  as 
applicable. Our CHEF’STORE locations are registered with and inspected by various state and local authorities. 

We also distribute and sell a variety of non-food products, such as food containers, kitchen equipment and cleaning materials, and are 
subject to various laws and regulations relating to the storage, transportation, distribution, sale, advertising and labeling of those non-
food products, including requirements to provide information about the hazards of certain chemicals present in some of the products 
we distribute and regulations restricting the sale of products made with certain materials or chemicals.  

Our customers include several departments of the U.S. federal government, as well as certain state and local governmental entities. 
These customer relationships subject us to additional regulations that are applicable to government contractors. For example, as a U.S. 
federal government contractor, we are subject to audit by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs.

Employment

The U.S. Department of Labor and its agencies, the Employee Benefits Security Administration, the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration  (“OSHA”),  and  the  Office  of  Federal  Contract  Compliance  Programs,  regulate  our  employment  practices  and 
standards  for  workers.  We  are  also  subject  to  laws  that  prohibit  discrimination  in  employment  based  on  non-merit  categories, 
including  Title  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  and  other  laws  relating  to  accessibility.  Our 
workers’ compensation self-insurance is subject to regulation by the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Our  facilities  are  subject  to  inspections  under  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  related  to  our  compliance  with  certain 
manufacturing,  health  and  safety  standards  to  protect  our  employees  from  accidents.  We  are  also  subject  to  the  National  Labor 
Relations Act, which governs the process for collective bargaining between employers and employees and protects the rights of both 
employers and employees in the workplace.

Trade

For the purchase of products produced, harvested or manufactured outside of the U.S., and for the shipment of products to customers 
located outside of the U.S., we are subject to applicable customs laws regarding the import and export of various products. 

Ground Transportation

The U.S. Department of Transportation and its agencies, the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Highway Administration, the 
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, regulate our fleet operations 
through the regulation of operations, safety, insurance and hazardous materials. We must comply with the regulations promulgated by 
the  Federal  Motor  Carrier  Safety  Administration,  including  those  relating  to  drug  and  alcohol  testing  and  hours  of  service  for  our 
drivers. Matters such as weight and dimension of equipment also fall under U.S. federal and state regulations.

Environmental

Our operations are subject to a broad range of U.S. federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as zoning and 
building regulations. Environmental laws and regulations cover a variety of procedures, including appropriately managing wastewater 
and stormwater; complying with clean air laws, including those governing vehicle emissions; properly handling and disposing of solid 
and  hazardous  wastes;  protecting  against  and  appropriately  investigating  and  remediating  spills  and  releases;  and  monitoring  and 
maintaining underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products.

5

Anticorruption

Because we are organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and our principal place of business is in the U.S., we are considered 
a “domestic concern” under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and are covered by its anti-bribery provisions.

Human Capital Management 

Employees

As of December 31, 2022, we employed a total of approximately 29,000 associates. Of these: 

•

•

•

•

substantially all were employed in the United States and on a full-time basis;

approximately 70% of our associates were non-exempt, or paid on an hourly basis;

approximately  6,100  of  our  associates  were  members  of  local  unions  associated  with  the  International  Brotherhood  of 
Teamsters and other labor organizations; and

approximately  86%  of  our  associates  were  working  in  “field”  based  roles  within  our  broadline  distribution,  retail 
operations  and  broadline  support  business  production  facilities,  with  the  remaining  14%  working  in  shared  service  or 
corporate roles.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of December 31, 2022, we were party to 57 collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”) covering 6,100, or 21%, of our associates 
working at 31 (or 44%) of our distribution facilities, 4 of our broadline support business production facilities and 23 of our cash and 
carry  locations.  During  fiscal  year  2022,  12  CBAs  covering  approximately  1,100  union  associates  were  renegotiated.  During  fiscal 
year 2023, 14 CBAs covering approximately 1,200 union associates will be subject to renegotiation. While we have experienced work 
stoppages from time to time in the past, we generally believe we have good relations with both our union and non-union associates, 
and we strive to be a well-regarded employer in the communities in which we operate.

Compensation and Benefits

We strive to make a positive difference in the lives of our associates. We are committed to compensation and benefits that respect and 
reward our associates for their dedication and hard work. All of our exempt associates participate in our incentive plans, which provide 
eligible  associates  with  cash  bonus  opportunities  based  upon  the  Company’s  achievement  of  financial  and  other  key  performance 
metrics. Under our long-term incentive plan, we grant equity compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock units and 
performance awards, which vest over a period of time, to eligible associates in order to attract and retain key personnel, strengthen 
their  commitment  to  the  welfare  of  the  Company  and  align  their  interests  with  those  of  our  stockholders.  Additionally,  our 
comprehensive health and welfare benefits program provides our associates with a variety of medical and dental plans, plus voluntary 
benefits  like  vision  or  critical  illness  protection.  We  also  offer  innovative,  no-cost  wellness  programs,  paid  time  off  programs 
including a paid parental leave policy, an employee assistance program, an employee stock purchase plan, a 401(k) savings plan, and a 
tuition reimbursement program.

Recruiting, Training and Development

Our ability to attract, develop and retain high-performing associates is crucial to our success, from building trusting relationships with 
our customers to timely and accurately preparing and delivering orders. We have a program to train interested warehouse associates to 
become commercial driver’s license (“CDL”) Class A delivery drivers. Additionally, through training, mentoring, e-learning and on-
the-job  development,  we  help  associates  at  all  levels  learn  and  grow,  while  building  a  pipeline  of  diverse  talent.  Our  signature 
leadership  development  programs  include  Gateway  to  Leadership,  Aspire  to  Grow  and  Aspire  to  Lead,  which  are  focused  on 
developing a diverse cohort of leaders in our Company. Our Leadership Foundations program provides training to sales managers, and 
supervisors  and  managers  in  our  supply  chain  organization,  and  is  designed  to  strengthen  leadership  capabilities  and  provide 
networking opportunities with other leaders across our organization. In addition, we provide training and development programs that 
enable new associates to be safe and productive including: Sales Readiness, which gives new selling associates tools, resources and 
peer  networking  opportunities  to  help  them  succeed,  and  Selector  Onboarding,  which  trains  our  warehouse  selectors  on  safety, 
accuracy and performance standards.

Diversity and Inclusion

As a company, we are committed to building a diverse and inclusive workforce and hiring the best talent that reflects the customers 
and  communities  we  serve.  We  believe  our  success  relies  upon  a  diverse  and  dynamic  workplace  built  upon  our  Cultural  Beliefs, 
which  define  how  we  live  and  create  an  equitable  environment  where  all  our  associates  can  grow  and  thrive.  Our  diversity  and 
inclusion strategy consists of three strategic focuses: 

•

Creating a more inclusive work environment where everyone feels safe and valued and their voices matter; 

6

•

•

Increasing the diversity of our workforce and leaders by investing in programs to build a diverse talent pipeline and 
accelerate the development of diverse associates; and 

Supporting diverse communities and businesses by enhancing our outreach and sharing who we are and what we stand 
for. 

We  continue  to  cultivate  a  culture  of  inclusion  through  training  programs  for  our  leaders  and  associates  and  by  sponsoring  nine 
Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”): ADAPT - Ability and Disability Allies Partnering Together; BRIDGE - Black Resource for 
Inclusion,  Diversity,  Growth  and  Empowerment;  Collective  Asian  Network;  HOLA  -  Hispanic  Organization  for  Leadership  and 
Advancement;  LINK-UP  –  Linking  Information,  Networks  and  Knowledge;  Multigenerational  Empowerment  Resource  Group  for 
Employees; Pride Alliance; Those Who Serve - Military ERG; and WIN - Women in Network. These associate-led groups strengthen 
networking among colleagues and further personal and professional development. Ongoing listening sessions between the ERGs and 
our executive leadership team allow for open dialogue and the identification of new opportunities to bolster our diversity and inclusion 
strategy and strengthen associate engagement. 

Health and Safety

We are committed to continuously driving an enhanced safety culture built on education, awareness and associate engagement. Our 
Get Home Safe campaign, directed at drivers and operations personnel, outlines actions aimed at reducing risks and improving safety 
routines. In our facilities, our safety performance teams receive annual training and are focused on improving safety engagement and 
performance throughout our operations. Our Driver Safety Program has been implemented across all markets to train our drivers on 
transportation safety. We utilize technology to improve driver safety from distracted driver alerts to collision mitigation technology.

Information about our Executive Officers 

The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of February 16, 2023:

Name
David E. Flitman

Andrew E. Iacobucci

Dirk J. Locascio

Steven M. Guberman

William S. Hancock

Jay A. Kvasnicka

David A. Rickard

John A. Tonnison

David Works

Age
58

Position
Chief Executive Officer

56

50

58

43

55

52

54

55

Executive Vice President, Chief Transition Officer

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business

Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer

Executive Vice President, Field Operations

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Revenue Management

Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Digital Officer

Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Mr. Flitman has served as the Chief Executive Officer since January 2023. Mr. Flitman previously served as Chief Executive Officer 
and a member of the board of directors of Builders FirstSource, Inc., serving in this role since April 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Flitman 
served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of BMC Stock Holdings, Inc. from August 
2018 until its merger with Builders FirstSource. In addition, Mr. Flitman previously served as Executive Vice President of 
Performance Food Group Company and was President and Chief Executive Officer of its Performance Foodservice division from 
January 2015 to September 2018. From January 2014 to December 2014, Mr. Flitman served as Chief Operating Officer and President 
USA & Mexico of Univar Solutions Inc. Mr. Flitman joined Univar in December 2012 as President USA with additional responsibility 
for Univar’s Global Supply Chain & Export Services teams. From November 2011 to September 2012, he served as Executive Vice 
President and President of Water and Process Services at Ecolab Inc. and prior to that, from August 2008 to November 2011, Mr. 
Flitman served as Senior Executive Vice President of Nalco Holding Company until it was acquired by Ecolab in 2011. He also served 
as President of Allegheny Power System from February 2005 to July 2008. Before holding these executive positions, Mr. Flitman 
spent nearly twenty years in operational, commercial, and global business leadership positions at DuPont de Nemours, Inc. Since July 
2017, Mr. Flitman has also served as a member of the board of directors of Veritiv Corporation, where he serves as the Chair of the 
Compensation and Leadership Development Committee. 

Mr.  Iacobucci  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Transition  Officer  since  January  2023.  Mr.  Iacobucci  served  as  the 
Interim Chief Executive Officer from May 2022 to January 2023, Chief Commercial Officer from February 2021 through May 2022 
and Chief Merchandising Officer from January 2017 to February 2021. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Iacobucci served as Executive 
Vice President, Merchandising of Ahold USA, Inc., a food retailer, from April 2016 to January 2017. Prior to joining Ahold, he served 
from  February  2012  to  November  2015  in  several  senior  roles  at  Loblaw  Companies  Limited,  a  Canadian  grocery  retailer  and 
wholesale food distributor, including President, Discount Division. 

7

Mr. Locascio has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. Mr. Locascio served the Company 
as  Senior  Vice  President,  Financial  Accounting  and  Analysis  from  November  2016  to  February  2017,  Senior  Vice  President, 
Operations  Finance  and  Financial  Planning  from  May  2015  to  November  2016,  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Financial  Planning  and 
Analysis from May 2013 to May 2015. Mr. Locascio joined US Foods in June 2009 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller. 
Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Locascio held senior finance roles with United Airlines, a global airline, and Arthur Andersen LLP, a 
public accounting firm.

Mr. Guberman has served as Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business since August 2016. Mr. Guberman served the 
Company  as  Chief  Merchandising  Officer  from  July  2015  to  January  2017,  Senior  Vice  President,  Merchandising  and  Marketing 
Operations from January 2012 to July 2015 and Division President from August 2004 to December 2011. Mr. Guberman joined US 
Foods in 1991, originally as part of Kraft/Alliant Foodservice.

Mr. Hancock has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer since November 2020. Prior to joining US Foods, 
Mr.  Hancock  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Supply  Chain  Operations  of  American  Tire  Distributors  from  November  2017  to 
October  2020,  where  he  was  responsible  for  the  oversight  of  115  distribution  facilities  across  America  and  a  fleet  of  vehicles 
accountable  for  last-mile  delivery  to  customers.  Prior  to  joining  American  Tire  Distributors,  he  served  as  Vice  President  of  Global 
Supply Chain Operations for Target, where he spent 14 years, from 2003 to 2017, in various supply chain roles with the company.

Mr.  Kvasnicka  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Field  Operations  since  February  2021.  He  served  the  Company  as  Interim 
Chief Supply Chain Officer from October 2019 through March 2021, Executive Vice President, Locally Managed Business and Field 
Operations  from  September  2016  to  February  2021,  Executive  Vice  President,  Locally  Managed  Sales  from  August  2015  to 
September  2016,  Region  President  from  April  2013  to  July  2015  and  Division  President  from  October  2011  to  March  2013. 
Mr. Kvasnicka served the Company as Vice President of Sales for the Stock Yards division, President of the Stock Yards division and 
in various other roles between 2005 and 2011. He was Vice President of Sales for the Minneapolis Division from 2003 to 2005. Mr. 
Kvasnicka joined US Foods in 1995, originally as part of Alliant Foodservice. 

Mr. Rickard has served as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Revenue Management, since November 2015. Prior to joining US 
Foods,  Mr.  Rickard  served  from  March  2014  to  November  2015  as  Vice  President  of  Uline  Corporation,  a  distributor  of  shipping, 
industrial,  and  packing  materials,  and  was  responsible  for  identifying,  leading  and  implementing  improvement  initiatives  across  all 
aspects  of  the  organization.  From  September  1997  to  March  2014,  Mr.  Rickard  was  Partner  and  Managing  Director  at  the  Boston 
Consulting Group, a consulting firm. Mr. Rickard began his career with Charles River Associates, an economic consulting firm.

Mr.  Tonnison  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Information  and  Digital  Officer  since  July  2021.  Prior  to  joining  US 
Foods,  Mr.  Tonnison  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  at  Tech  Data  Corporation,  a  Fortune  100 
global  distributor  of  business  and  consumer  technologies,  where  he  was  responsible  for  the  company’s  global  innovation  strategy, 
information  digital  capabilities  and  operations.  Before  his  nearly  20-year  tenure  with  Tech  Data,  Mr.  Tonnison  held  executive 
management positions with Computer 2000, Technology Solutions Network and Mancos Computers.

Mr. Works has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since February 2018. Prior to joining US Foods, 
Mr. Works served as Chief Human Resources Officer of Hackensack Meridian Health, an integrated health care network, beginning in 
July  2017.  Prior  to  joining  Hackensack,  he  served  as  President  -  Enterprise  of  Windstream  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  voice  and  data 
communications  provider,  from  December  2014  to  August  2016,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  of 
Windstream from February 2012 to December 2014, and Senior Vice President and President, Talent and Human Capital Services of 
Sears Holdings Corporation, a retailer, from September 2009 to January 2012.

Website and Availability of Information

Our  corporate  website  is  located  at  www.usfoods.com.  We  file  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other 
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s 
website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also made available for free as soon as reasonably practicable after we file or furnish them 
to  the  SEC  on  our  corporate  website  via  the  “Investors”  section  at  ir.usfoods.com/investors.  The  information  contained  on  or 
accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference into and is not 
part of this Annual Report.

8

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

We are subject to many risks and uncertainties. Some of these risks and uncertainties, including those described below, may cause our 
business, financial condition and results of operations to vary, and they may materially or adversely affect our financial performance. 
The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  are  not  the  only  ones  we  face.  Other  risks  and  uncertainties,  which  are  not  currently 
known to us or which we currently believe are immaterial, may also materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

An  economic  downturn,  public  health  crisis,  and/or  other  factors  affecting  consumer  spending  and  confidence,  may  reduce  the 
amount of food prepared away from home, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions. An uneven level of general 
U.S. economic activity, uncertainty in the financial markets, inflation, and supply chain disruptions could have a negative impact on 
consumer confidence and discretionary spending. A decline in economic activity or the frequency and amount spent by consumers for 
food  prepared  away  from  home,  as  well  as  other  macroenvironmental  factors  that  could  decrease  general  consumer  confidence 
(including  deteriorating  economic  conditions,  heightened  volatility  in  the  financial  markets,  inflationary  pressure,  an  uncertain 
political environment and supply chain disruptions, such as those the global economy is currently facing), may negatively impact our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent of any such effects on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations depends in part on the magnitude and duration of such conditions, which cannot be predicted at this time.

Our business is a low-margin business, and our profitability is directly affected by cost deflation or inflation, commodity volatility 
and other factors.

The  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry  is  characterized  by  relatively  high  inventory  turnover  with  relatively  low  profit  margins. 
Volatile commodity costs have a direct impact on our industry. We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on 
the  cost  of  products  we  sell,  plus  a  margin  percentage  or  markup.  As  a  result,  our  profit  levels  may  be  negatively  affected  during 
periods  of  product  cost  deflation,  even  though  our  gross  profit  percentage  may  remain  relatively  constant.  During  2022,  we 
experienced  significantly  elevated  commodity  and  supply  chain  costs  including  the  cost  of  labor,  sourced  goods,  energy,  fuel, 
packaging materials and other inputs necessary for the distribution and production of our products, and elevated levels of inflation may 
continue in 2023. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation, or periods of rapid inflation, also may negatively impact our business as 
a result of decreased discretionary consumer spending. Such inflation may also reduce our profit margins and earnings if there is a lag 
between when costs increase and when we are able to pass it along to customers or if product cost increases cannot be passed on to 
customers because they resist paying higher prices.

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

The  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry  is  highly  competitive,  with  national,  multi-regional,  regional  and  local  distributors  and 
specialty  competitors.  Regional  and  local  companies  may  align  themselves  with  other  smaller  distributors  through  purchasing 
cooperatives  and  marketing  groups,  with  the  goal  of  enhancing  their  geographic  reach,  private  label  offerings,  overall  purchasing 
power, cost efficiencies, and ability to meet customer distribution requirements. Such changes may occur particularly during periods 
of  economic  uncertainty  or  significant  inflation.  These  distributors  may  also  rely  on  local  presence  as  a  source  of  competitive 
advantage,  and  they  may  have  a  lower  cost  to  serve  and  other  competitive  advantages  due  to  geographic  proximity.  Additionally, 
adjacent  competition,  such  as  other  cash-and-carry  operations,  commercial  wholesale  outlets,  warehouse  clubs  and  grocery  stores, 
continue to serve the commercial foodservice market. We also experience competition from online direct food wholesalers and other 
retailers. We generally do not have exclusive distribution agreements with our customers, and they may switch to other distributors 
that offer lower prices or differentiated products or customer service. The cost of switching distributors is very low, as are the barriers 
to  entry  into  the  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry.  We  believe  most  purchasing  decisions  in  the  U.S.  foodservice  distribution 
industry are based on the type, quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and 
provide  timely  deliveries.  Disruptions  caused  by  macroeconomic  conditions,  inflationary  pressure,  supply  chain  disruptions, 
geopolitical events and labor shortages that impact our ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries of 
quality products at competitive prices may have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.

We obtain most of our foodservice and related products from third party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with 
suppliers.  Although  our  purchasing  volume  can  provide  an  advantage  when  dealing  with  suppliers,  suppliers  may  not  provide  the 
foodservice products and supplies we need in the quantities and at the time and prices requested. Our suppliers may also be affected by 
higher costs to source or produce and transport products, as well as by other related expenses that they pass through to their customers, 

9

which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. We do not control the actual production of most of the products 
we sell. This means we are also subject to delays caused by interruption in production and increases in product costs based on actions 
and conditions outside our control. These actions and conditions include changes in supplier pricing practices (including promotional 
allowances); labor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers or carriers; 
government  shutdowns;  severe  weather  and  climate  conditions;  crop  conditions;  product  or  raw  material  scarcity;  water  shortages; 
outbreak  of  food-borne  illnesses;  product  recalls;  transportation  interruptions;  unavailability  of  fuel  or  increases  in  fuel  costs; 
competitive  demands;  impact  of  climate  change;  and  natural  disasters,  pandemics,  terrorist  attacks,  international  hostilities,  civil 
insurrection  or  social  unrest;  or  any  other  catastrophic  events.  Moreover,  commodity  prices  continue  to  be  volatile  and  generally 
increased  due  to  supply  chain  disruptions  and  labor  and  transportation  shortages.  Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  supplies  of 
foodservice and related products because of any of these or other factors could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our 
customers  and,  as  a  result,  our  customers  may  turn  to  other  distributors.  Furthermore,  any  changes  to  the  pricing  practices  of  our 
suppliers, including the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  GPOs  may  be  materially  diminished,  terminated  or  otherwise  changed,  which  may 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with 
these  customers.  Because  these  customers  are  not  contractually  obligated  to  continue  purchasing  products  from  us,  we  cannot  be 
assured that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain consistent or increase or that we will be able to 
maintain our existing customer base.

Further,  some  of  our  customers  purchase  their  products  under  arrangements  with  GPOs.  GPOs  act  as  agents  on  behalf  of  their 
members  by  negotiating  pricing,  delivery,  and  other  terms  with  us.  Our  customers  who  are  members  of  GPOs  purchase  products 
directly from us on the terms negotiated by their GPO. GPOs use the combined purchasing power of their members to negotiate more 
favorable prices than their members would typically be able to negotiate on their own, and we have experienced some pricing pressure 
from customers that associate themselves with a GPO. While no single customer represented more than 3% of our total net sales in 
fiscal year 2022, approximately 21% of our net sales in fiscal year 2022 were made to customers under terms negotiated by GPOs 
(including approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal year 2022 that were made to customers that are members of one GPO). If an 
independent restaurant customer becomes a member of a GPO that has a contract with us, we may be forced to lower our prices to that 
customer, which would negatively impact our operating margin. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with GPOs, 
or  if  GPOs  are  able  to  negotiate  more  favorable  terms  for  their  members  with  our  competitors,  we  could  lose  some  or  all  of  that 
business. 

Market  competition,  customer  requirements,  customer  financial  condition  and  customer  consolidation  through  mergers  and 
acquisitions  also  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue  or  expand  our  relationships  with  customers  and  GPOs.  There  is  no 
guarantee that we will be able to retain or renew existing agreements, maintain relationships with any of our customers or GPOs on 
acceptable terms or at all or collect amounts owed to us from insolvent customers. Our customer and GPO agreements are generally 
terminable  upon  advance  written  notice  (typically  ranging  from  30  days  to  6  months)  by  either  us  or  the  customer  or  GPO,  which 
provides  our  customers  and  GPOs  with  the  opportunity  to  renegotiate  their  contracts  with  us  or  to  award  more  business  to  our 
competitors. 

Significant decreases in the number and/or size of our customers’ purchase orders, the loss of one or more of our major customers or 
GPOs  or  our  inability  to  grow  to  our  current  customer  base  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

We  may  fail  to  increase  or  maintain  the  highest  margin  portions  of  our  business,  including  sales  to  independent  restaurant 
customers and sales of our private label products.

Our most profitable customers are independent restaurants. We tend to work closely with independent restaurant customers, providing 
them  access  to  our  customer  value-added  tools,  and  as  a  result  are  able  to  earn  a  higher  operating  margin  on  sales  to  them.  These 
customers are also more likely to purchase our private label products, which are our most profitable products. Our ability to continue 
to gain market share of independent restaurant customers is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying 
practices of independent restaurant customers, including their ability to require us to sell to them at discounted rates, or decreases in 
our sales to this type of customer or a decrease in the sales of our private label products in general could have a material negative 
impact  on  our  profitability.  A  pandemic  or  recession  could  result  in  a  substantial  disruption  in  many  of  our  independent  restaurant 
customers’ operations and, in some cases, permanent closures of restaurants. Loss of business as a result of a pandemic or recession 
and its negative economic impact could change the buying practices of our independent restaurant customers and may also result in 
additional permanent closures of restaurants, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

10

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives.

We may not be able to realize some or all of our expected cost savings from our various cost savings initiatives. A variety of factors 
could cause us not to realize expected cost savings, including, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our 
cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. 
All of these factors could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fuel costs fluctuate, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fuel  costs  related  to  outbound  deliveries  approximated  $195  million  during  fiscal  year  2022.  Higher  costs  of  fuel  may  negatively 
affect  consumer  confidence  and  discretionary  spending.  This  may  reduce  the  frequency  and  amount  spent  by  consumers  for  food 
prepared  away  from  home.  In  addition,  higher  costs  of  fuel  may  increase  the  price  we  pay  for  products  and  the  costs  we  incur  to 
deliver products to our customers. We require significant quantities of fuel for our vehicle fleet, and the price and supply of fuel are 
unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and 
gas, regional production patterns, weather conditions and environmental concerns. Although, from time to time, we enter into forward 
purchase commitments for some of our fuel requirements at prices equal to the then-current market price, these forward purchases may 
prove ineffective in protecting us from changes in fuel prices or even result in us paying higher than market costs for part of our fuel. 
In addition, the use of such derivative instruments may expose us to the risk that our counterparties fail to perform their obligations, 
which  could  result  in  financial  losses.  Furthermore,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  pass  along  increased  fuel  costs  to 
customers  in  the  future.  Each  of  these  factors  may,  in  turn,  adversely  affect  our  sales,  margins,  operating  expenses,  and  operating 
results.

Changes in consumer eating habits may reduce demand for our products.

Changes  in  consumer  eating  habits  (such  as  a  decline  in  consuming  food  away  from  home,  a  decline  in  portion  sizes,  or  a  shift  in 
preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. Consumer eating habits could be 
affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  changes  in  attitudes  regarding  diet  and  health  or  new  information  regarding  the  health 
effects  of  consuming  certain  foods.  There  is  a  growing  consumer  preference  for  sustainable,  organic  and  locally  grown  products. 
Changes  to  consumer  eating  habits  also  occur  due  to  generational  shifts.  Millennials,  the  largest  demographic  group  in  the  U.S.  in 
terms of spend, generally seek new and different, as well as more ethnic and diverse, menu options and menu innovation. If consumer 
eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we 
may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the 
frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in 
the enactment or amendment of laws and regulations that impact the sourcing, ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, 
or  laws  and  regulations  requiring  us  to  make  additional  disclosures  regarding  the  ingredients  and  nutritional  content  of  our  food 
products. Compliance with these and other laws and regulations may be costly and time-consuming. If we are not able to effectively 
adapt our product portfolio to trends in eating habits or respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws and 
regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our competitors implement a lower cost structure and offer lower prices to our customers, we may be unable to adjust our cost 
structure to compete profitably and retain those customers.

Over  the  last  several  decades,  the  U.S.  food  retail  industry  has  undergone  significant  change.  Club  stores,  commercial  wholesale 
outlets,  direct  food  wholesalers  and  online  food  retailers  have  developed  lower  cost  structures,  creating  increased  pressure  on  the 
industry’s  profit  margins.  As  a  large-scale  U.S.  foodservice  distributor,  we  have  similar  strategies  to  remain  competitive  in  the 
marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our competitors adopt an everyday low-price strategy, we 
would  potentially  be  pressured  to  offer  lower  prices  to  our  customers.  That  would  require  us  to  achieve  additional  cost  savings  to 
offset these reductions. If we are unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in 
that environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Climate change, or the legal, regulatory or market measures being implemented to address climate change, may have an adverse 
impact on our business.

The  effects  of  climate  change  may  create  financial  and  operational  risks  to  our  business,  both  directly  and  indirectly.  There  is  an 
increased focus around the world by regulatory and legislative bodies at all levels towards policies relating to climate change and the 
impact  of  global  warming,  including  the  regulation  of  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions,  energy  usage  and  sustainability  efforts. 
Increased  compliance  costs  and  expenses  due  to  the  impacts  of  climate  change  on  our  business,  as  well  as  additional  legal  or 
regulatory  requirements  regarding  climate  change  or  designed  to  reduce  or  mitigate  the  effects  of  carbon  dioxide  and  other  GHG 
emissions  on  the  environment,  may  cause  disruptions  in,  or  an  increase  in  the  costs  associated  with,  the  running  of  our  business, 
particularly  with  regard  to  our  distribution  and  supply  chain  operations.  Moreover,  compliance  with  any  such  legal  or  regulatory 

11

requirements  may  require  that  we  implement  changes  to  our  business  operations  and  strategy,  which  would  require  us  to  devote 
substantial  time  and  attention  to  these  matters  and  cause  us  to  incur  additional  costs.  The  effects  of  climate  change,  and  legal  or 
regulatory initiatives to address climate change, could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

In addition, from time to time we establish and publicly announce goals and commitments related to corporate social responsibility 
matters,  including  those  related  to  reducing  our  impact  on  the  environment.  For  example,  in  2022,  we  established  goals  for  the 
reduction of GHG emissions, which include a target of reducing our absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 32.5% by 2032 from a 
2019 base year. Our ability to meet this and other related goals depends in part on significant technological advancements with respect 
to the development and availability of reliable, affordable and sustainable alternative solutions, including electric and other alternative 
fuel  vehicles  as  well  as  alternative  energy  sources,  which  may  not  be  developed  or  be  available  to  us  in  the  timeframe  needed  to 
achieve  these  goals.  In  addition,  we  may  determine  that  it  is  in  our  best  interests  to  prioritize  other  business,  social,  governance  or 
sustainable investments over the achievement of our current goals based on economic, regulatory or social factors, business strategy or 
other factors. If we do not meet our publicly stated goals, then we may experience a negative reaction from the media, stockholders, 
activists and other interested stakeholders, and any perception that we have failed to act responsibly regarding climate change, whether 
or not valid, could result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business and reputation. While we remain committed to being 
responsive to climate change and reducing our carbon footprint, there can be no assurance that our goals and strategic plans to achieve 
those  goals  will  be  successful,  that  the  costs  related  to  climate  transition  will  not  be  higher  than  expected,  that  the  necessary 
technological  advancements  will  occur  in  the  timeframe  we  expect,  or  at  all,  or  that  proposed  regulation  or  deregulation  related  to 
climate change will not have a negative competitive impact, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment charges for goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets could adversely affect the Company’s 
financial condition and results of operations.

We review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. Relevant factors, events and circumstances that affect the fair 
value  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  may  include  external  factors  such  as  macroeconomic,  industry,  and  market 
conditions,  as  well  as  entity-specific  factors,  such  as  actual  and  planned  financial  performance.  We  may  be  required  to  record  a 
significant charge in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or intangible 
assets is determined, which would negatively affect our results of operations. For example, the Company completed its most recent 
annual impairment assessment for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the third quarter of fiscal year 
2022 with no impairments noted. Impairment analysis requires significant judgment by management and is sensitive to changes in key 
assumptions used, such as future cash flows, discount rates and growth rates as well as current market conditions in both the United 
States and globally. To the extent that business conditions deteriorate further, or if changes in key assumptions and estimates differ 
significantly  from  management’s  expectations,  it  may  be  necessary  to  record  additional  future  impairment  charges,  which  could  be 
material. For more information on the goodwill assessment, see the section captioned “Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible 
Assets” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 9, Goodwill 
and Other Intangibles, in our consolidated financial statements.

Risks Relating to Product Safety and Regulatory Requirements

Our  business  is  subject  to  significant  governmental  regulation,  and  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  governmental  regulations 
may lead to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations.

In  the  course  of  our  operations,  we  process,  handle,  store  and  transport  a  wide  variety  of  food  and  non-food  products,  operate  and 
maintain vehicle fleets, operate forklifts and other equipment, store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks, and 
sell,  use  and  dispose  of  hazardous  substances  including  in  connection  with  our  use  of  our  ammonia  or  freon-based  refrigeration 
systems,  propane,  and  battery-powered  forklifts.  Our  operations  are  subject  to  a  broad  range  of  laws  and  regulations  including 
regulations governing the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, marketing, advertising, labeling, transportation, export, quality 
and safety of our food and non-food products, as well as rights of our employees and the protection of the environment. Changes in 
legal  or  regulatory  requirements  (such  as  new  product  safety  requirements,  revised  regulatory  requirements  for  the  sourcing, 
processing and packaging of products, and requirements to restrict or phase-out certain chemicals and ozone-depleting substances or 
otherwise regulating greenhouse gas emissions), or evolving interpretations of existing legal or regulatory requirements, may result in 
increased  compliance  cost,  capital  expenditures  and  other  financial  obligations  including  costs  to  upgrade,  phase  out,  modify  or 
replace  products  or  equipment  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Our  product 
suppliers are also subject to various laws and regulations and their alleged noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations could 
create potential liability or other adverse impacts for our business. We generally seek contractual representations and warranties from 
suppliers  that  they  comply  with  all  applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  we  maintain  supplier  policies  requiring  their  ongoing 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations as well.

12

We are subject to governmental regulation regarding our relationship with our employees including minimum wage, overtime, wage 
payment, wage and hour, employment discrimination, harassment and immigration. Due to contracts we have with federal and state 
governmental entities as customers, we are subject to various disclosure obligations related to our employment practices and business 
operations, including the recent implementation of requirements to disclose information related to our greenhouse gas emissions, all of 
which are subject to audit. In addition, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CDC, OSHA and various other federal, state, and 
local authorities have issued guidance, new interpretations of existing requirements, and implemented new requirements for employers 
that affect the operation of our facilities and the management of our workforce. The various federal, state and local requirements and 
guidance  impacting  our  business  continue  to  evolve,  but  we  are  continually  monitoring  for  updates  and  responding  to  updated 
requirements and guidance applicable to our business as we become aware of them.

At various facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from historical releases of fuel and other 
hazardous  substances  that  is  not  currently  the  subject  of  any  administrative  or  judicial  proceeding,  but  we  may  be  subject  to 
administrative or judicial proceedings in the future for contamination related to releases of fuel or other hazardous substances. 

Failing  to  comply  with  applicable  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  or  encountering  disagreements  with  respect  to  our  contracts 
subject  to  governmental  regulation,  could  result  in  a  number  of  adverse  situations.  These  could  include  investigations;  litigation  or 
other legal proceedings; administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; cease and desist 
orders against operations that are not in compliance; closing facilities or operations; debarments from contracting with governmental 
entities; and loss or modification of existing, or denial of additional, licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals.

If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury, illness or other damage or to fail to comply with applicable governmental 
regulations, we may need to recall products.

As a distributor and manufacturer of food and non-food products, we may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or 
withdrawals,  if  the  products  we  distribute  or  manufacture  are  alleged  to  cause  injury,  illness  or  other  damage,  to  be  mislabeled, 
misbranded,  or  adulterated,  or  to  otherwise  violate  applicable  governmental  regulations.  We  may  recall  products  based  on  alleged 
occurrences of food-borne illnesses (such as E. coli, listeriosis, hepatitis A, trichinosis, salmonella, etc.), contamination, adulteration, 
mislabeling, misbranding, or food tampering. We may also choose to voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we determine do not 
satisfy our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. 

Any  future  product  recall  or  withdrawal  that  results  in  substantial  and  unexpected  expenditures,  destruction  of  product  inventory, 
damage to our reputation and/or lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for an extended period of time could adversely affect 
our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  If  patrons  of  our  customers  become  ill  from  food-borne  illnesses,  our 
customers could be forced to temporarily close locations and our sales would correspondingly decrease.

We may experience product liability claims.

We may be exposed to potential product liability claims in the event that the products we distribute or manufacture are alleged to have 
caused  injury,  illness  or  other  damage.  We  believe  we  have  sufficient  liability  insurance  to  cover  product  liability  claims.  We  also 
generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us. If our current insurance does 
not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or is inadequate to cover all of our liabilities, or if our indemnification or insurance 
coverage  is  limited,  as  a  practical  matter,  by  the  creditworthiness  of  the  indemnifying  party  or  the  insured  limits  of  our  suppliers’ 
insurance coverage, the liability related to allegedly defective products that we distribute or manufacture could adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative  publicity  from  product  recalls,  instances  of  food-borne  illness,  or  alleged  food  tampering  may  adversely  impact  our 
reputation and business.

Ensuring  the  safety  and  integrity  of  the  products  we  distribute  is  critical  to  our  business,  particularly  in  selling  our  private  label 
products,  and  to  maintaining  our  good  reputation.  Events  like  product  recalls,  occurrences  of  food-borne  illness,  or  alleged  food 
tampering may cause negative publicity about the quality, safety, sustainability or integrity of our products, whether or not such events 
are related to our products. Any event that damages our reputation or calls into question the safety or integrity of our products, whether 
justified or not, could quickly and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks Relating to Human Capital Management

We face risks related to labor relations, increased labor costs and the availability of qualified labor. 

We employed approximately 29,000 associates as of December 31, 2022, of which approximately 6,100 were members of local unions 
associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. Any failure to effectively negotiate CBAs 
could  result  in  work  stoppages.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  face  increased  efforts  to  subject  us  to  multi-location  labor  disputes,  as 

13

individual labor agreements expire or labor disputes arise. This would place us at greater risk of being unable to continue to operate 
one  or  more  facilities,  possibly  delaying  deliveries,  or  not  allowing  customers  to  purchase  our  products,  causing  customers  to  seek 
alternative  distributors  or  retail  locations,  or  otherwise  being  materially  adversely  affected  by  labor  disputes.  When  there  are  labor 
related  issues  at  a  facility  represented  by  a  local  union,  sympathy  strikes  may  occur  at  other  facilities  that  are  represented  by  other 
local unions. While we generally believe we have good relations with our associates, including the unions that represent some of our 
associates, a work stoppage due to a failure to renegotiate union contracts or for other reasons could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further,  potential  changes  in  labor  legislation  and  case  law  could  result  in  current  non-union  portions  of  our  workforce,  including 
warehouse  and  delivery  personnel,  being  subjected  to  greater  organized  labor  influence.  If  additional  portions  of  our  workforce 
became subject to CBAs, this could result in increased costs of doing business as we would become subject to mandatory, binding 
arbitration or labor scheduling, costs and standards, which may reduce our operating flexibility.

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our industry’s labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than many 
other industries’ labor costs, even if we are able to successfully renegotiate CBAs and avoid work stoppages, we may be significantly 
impacted by labor cost increases, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Furthermore, our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful and we could encounter a 
shortage  of  qualified  labor  in  future  periods.  Any  such  shortage  would  decrease  our  ability  to  serve  our  customers  effectively  and 
would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability. The current competitive labor 
market has impacted our ability to hire and retain qualified labor, particularly warehouse workers and drivers, in certain geographies, 
resulting in increases to temporary contract labor costs and associated travel expenses for fiscal 2022. 

In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the U.S. food away from home industry. Any increase in their labor 
costs,  including  any  increases  in  costs  as  a  result  of  wage  inflation,  increases  in  minimum  wage  requirements  or  labor  shortages 
resulting in increased overtime, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce their demand for our products.

We may be unable to attract or retain a qualified and diverse workforce.

Although  we  have  not  experienced  any  material  labor  shortage  to  date,  during  2022,  we  observed  overall  tightening  and  increased 
competitiveness  in  the  labor  market.  A  labor  shortage  or  increased  employee  turnover,  caused  by  general  macroeconomic  factors, 
could potentially increase labor costs, reduce our profitability and/or decrease our ability to effectively serve customers. If a material 
number  of  our  employees  are  unable  to  work  or  terminate  their  employment,  or  become  ill  at  one  point  in  time,  our  business 
operations may be adversely affected.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract, train, develop and retain a highly skilled and diverse workforce. We rely 
heavily  on  our  front-line  associates,  particularly  warehouse  workers  and  drivers,  and  any  significant  shortage  of  qualified  labor 
amongst our front-line associates could significantly affect our business. Recruiting and retention efforts (particularly with respect to 
driver  and  warehouse  personnel)  and  actions  to  increase  productivity  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  could  encounter  a  shortage  of 
qualified employee talent in the future. Shortages of, and increased competition for, qualified employees may result in increased labor 
costs  and  could  decrease  our  ability  to  serve  our  customers  effectively.  Additionally,  if  our  employees  are  unable  to  work  for  any 
reason,  whether  because  of  illness,  quarantine,  limitations  on  travel  or  other  government  restrictions  in  connection  with  any  future 
pandemics, we could face additional shortages of qualified labor and higher labor costs. Any prolonged labor shortage or period of 
high employee turnover could have a negative impact on our productivity and have an adverse effect on our business operations and 
financial condition.

Furthermore,  as  a  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  oversight  by  the  Department  of  Labor’s  Office  of  Federal  Contract 
Compliance Programs, which reviews our employment practices including affirmative action and non-discrimination based on race, 
sex  and  disability,  among  other  characteristics.  If  an  audit  or  investigation  reveals  a  failure  to  comply  with  regulations,  we  could 
become subject to civil or criminal penalties and/or administrative sanctions, including government pre-approval of our government 
contracting activities, termination of government contracts, and suspension or debarment from doing further business with the U.S. 
government  and  could  also  be  subject  to  claims  for  breach  of  contract  by  our  customers.  Any  of  these  actions  could  increase  our 
expenses, reduce our revenue and damage our reputation as a reliable government supplier.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our  level  of  indebtedness  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  our  ability  to  raise  additional  capital  or  obtain 
financing in the future, react to changes in our business, and make required payments on our debt.

We had $4.9 billion of indebtedness outstanding, as of December 31, 2022.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our debt facilities depend on our ongoing financial 
and  operating  performance,  among  other  things,  and  may  be  affected  by  economic,  financial  and  industry  conditions  beyond  our 

14

control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. If our cash flows and capital 
resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, 
raise additional equity capital or restructure our debt. However, there is no assurance that such alternative measures may be successful 
or permitted under the agreements governing our indebtedness and, as a result, we may not be able to meet our scheduled debt service 
obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required 
to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our 
indebtedness,  thereby  reducing  the  funds  available  for  other  purposes,  including  working  capital,  capital  expenditures, 
acquisitions and general corporate purposes;

we  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  increased  interest  rates  because  approximately  42%  of  the  net  principal  amount  of  our 
indebtedness accrued interest at variable rates of interest as of December 31, 2022;

it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such 
indebtedness;

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or lower debt service requirements 
and  they,  as  a  result,  may  be  better  positioned  to  withstand  competitive  pressures  and  general  adverse  economic  and 
industry conditions; 

our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase; and

our ability to refinance indebtedness and obtain additional financing may be limited or the associated costs of refinancing 
and obtaining additional financing may increase.

Our  level  of  indebtedness  may  further  increase  from  time  to  time.  Although  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  contain 
restrictions  on  the  incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness,  these  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  number  of  significant  qualifications  and 
exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness, including secured debt, that could be incurred in compliance 
with these restrictions could be substantial. Incurring substantial additional indebtedness could further exacerbate the risks associated 
with our level of indebtedness. 

The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that may significantly impact our 
ability to operate our business.

The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to: dispose 
of assets; incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness); pay dividends and make certain payments; 
create  liens  on  assets;  make  investments;  engage  in  certain  business  combination  transactions;  engage  in  certain  transactions  with 
affiliates; change the business we conduct; and amend specific debt agreements. In addition, certain of these agreements subject us to 
various financial covenants.

The restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the 
best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with 
companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive and 
financial covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers of 
or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with them, or that we will be able to refinance our debt 
on acceptable terms or at all.

Our  ability  to  comply  with  the  covenants  and  restrictions  contained  in  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  depends  on  our 
ongoing financial and operating performance, among other things, and may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions 
beyond our control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. The breach of any 
of  these  covenants  or  restrictions  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  that  would  permit  the 
applicable lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together 
with  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.  If  we  are  unable  to  repay  debt,  creditors  having  secured  obligations  could  proceed  against  the 
collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under our credit facilities and may not be able to repay the 
amounts  due  under  our  indebtedness.  This  could  have  serious  consequences  to  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

The replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect the cost of servicing our debt.

In  July  2017,  the  United  Kingdom’s  Financial  Conduct  Authority,  which  regulates  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”), 
announced  that  its  intention  to  phase  out  the  use  of  LIBOR  by  the  end  of  2021.  On  March  5,  2021,  the  Intercontinental  Exchange 

15

Benchmark  Administration  (“IBA”),  the  administrator  of  LIBOR,  announced  that  it  will  cease  publication  of  U.S.  dollar  LIBOR 
tenors as of June 30, 2023, for the most common tenors (overnight and one, three, six and twelve months) and it has already ceased 
publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors for less common tenors (one week and two months) as well as all tenors of non-U.S. dollar 
LIBOR  as  of  December  31,  2021.  Currently,  amounts  drawn  under  our  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  may  bear  interest  at  rates 
based upon, among other things, U.S. dollar LIBOR. As such, we will need to renegotiate certain terms of the agreement governing 
this indebtedness to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new standard, or we may be required to borrow this indebtedness based upon 
alternate  interest  rate  conventions  as  set  forth  in  that  agreement,  which  could  increase  the  cost  of  servicing  this  debt  and  have  an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a replacement rate, many lenders are instead using the 
Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and our ABL Facility was recently amended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with SOFR as 
a reference rate. SOFR is a relatively new reference rate and has a very limited history. The future performance of SOFR cannot be 
predicted based on its limited historical performance. Since the initial publication of SOFR in April 2018, changes in SOFR have, on 
occasion, been more volatile than changes in other benchmark or market rates, such as U.S. dollar LIBOR. Additionally, any successor 
rate to SOFR under the ABL Facility may not have the same characteristics as SOFR or LIBOR. As a result, the consequences of the 
phase-out of LIBOR cannot be entirely predicted at this time.

Risks Relating to Technology, Information Security and Intellectual Property

We rely heavily on technology, and we may experience a disruption in existing technology or delay in effectively implementing new 
technology.

Our  ability  to  serve  customers  most  effectively,  as  well  as  to  control  costs  and  maximize  profits,  depends  on  the  reliability  of  our 
information technology systems and related data entry processes in our transaction intensive business. We rely on software and other 
information  technology  to  manage  significant  aspects  of  our  business,  such  as  purchasing,  order  processing,  warehouse/inventory 
management, truck loading and logistics and optimization of storage space. We also rely on access to those systems online including 
through  mobile  devices  to  connect  with  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers  and  other  business  partners.  The  importance  of  such 
networks  and  systems  has  increased  due  to  many  of  our  employees,  and  the  employees  of  our  customers,  suppliers  and  business 
partners, working remotely.

Any  disruption  to  this  information  technology  could  negatively  affect  our  customer  service,  decrease  the  volume  of  our  business, 
impair  operations  and  profits  and  result  in  increased  costs.  If  we  do  not  allocate  and  effectively  manage  the  resources  necessary  to 
build,  sustain  and  protect  appropriate  information  technology  systems,  we  could  experience  service  disruptions  or  other  system 
failures and our business or financial results could be adversely impacted. We have also outsourced several information technology 
support  services  and  administrative  functions  to  third-party  service  providers,  and  may  outsource  other  functions  in  the  future  to 
achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If these service providers do not perform effectively due to breach or system failure, we may not 
be able to achieve the expected benefits and our business may be disrupted.

Information technology evolves rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-
effective  manner.  If  competitors  implement  new  technologies  before  we  do,  allowing  them  to  provide  lower  priced  or  enhanced 
services  of  superior  quality  compared  to  those  we  provide,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
adversely affected.

A cybersecurity incident may negatively affect our operations, business, financial condition and our relationships with customers.

We  rely  upon  information  technology  networks  and  systems,  some  of  which  are  outsourced  to  and  managed  by  third  parties,  to 
process,  transmit  and  store  electronic  information,  to  manage  our  data,  communications  and  business  processes,  including  our 
marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  procurement,  logistics,  customer  service,  accounting  and  administrative  functions.  Our  reliance  on 
such networks and systems has increased due to many of our employees, and the employees of our customers, suppliers and business 
partners,  working  remotely.  The  use  of  these  networks  and  systems  gives  rise  to  cybersecurity  risks,  and  the  risk  of  other  security 
breaches (including access to or acquisition of supplier, customer, employee or other confidential information). 

The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of secured data or interference with the networks and systems on which we 
rely  could  result  in  business  disruption,  negative  publicity,  brand  damage,  violation  of  privacy  laws,  loss  of  customers,  potential 
liability, and competitive disadvantage, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
While  we  have  implemented  measures  such  as  implementing  cybersecurity  policies,  training  our  employee  and  monitoring  our 
information  technology  systems,  to  prevent  security  breaches,  disruptions  or  other  system  failures,  our  preventative  measures  and 
incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The cost to remediate damages to our information technology systems suffered 
as a result of a cyberattack or other unauthorized access to secured data could be significant. 

Cyberattacks  have  been  occurring  globally  at  a  more  frequent  rate  and  are  rapidly  and  continually  evolving,  making  them  more 
difficult to detect and protect against. Additionally, continued geopolitical turmoil, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and 
Ukraine, has heightened the risk of cyberattacks. While cyberattackers have threatened and attempt to breach our security and access 

16

the information stored in our information systems, no incident has been material or had a material impact on our business or financial 
condition. There is a risk that we may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyberattacks or other cyber incidents. 
Although we maintain insurance that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain cyber incidents, it may be insufficient 
to cover all losses.

In addition, in the event our suppliers or customers experience a breach or system failure, cyberattack or other security breach, their 
businesses  could  be  disrupted  or  otherwise  negatively  affected,  which  may  result  in  a  disruption  in  our  supply  chain  or  reduced 
customer orders, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any failure to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.

We  consider  our  intellectual  property  rights,  particularly  our  trademarks,  to  be  a  valuable  aspect  of  our  business.  We  protect  our 
intellectual  property  rights  through  a  combination  of  trademark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  protection.  Our  failure  to  obtain  or 
adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  or  any  change  in  law  that  lessens  or  removes  the  current  legal  protections  of  our 
intellectual property may diminish our competitiveness and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Competing intellectual property claims that impact our brands may arise unexpectedly. Any litigation or disputes regarding intellectual 
property may be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of key personnel from our business operations. We also may 
be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development, launch and sale of certain products. Any of these occurrences 
may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Acquisitions

We may fail to realize the expected benefits of acquisitions or effectively integrate the businesses we acquire.

Historically,  a  portion  of  our  growth  has  come  through  acquisitions.  In  April  2020,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Smart 
Foodservice, which significantly expanded the Company’s cash and carry business in the West and Northwest parts of the U.S. 

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated synergies in a timely manner, we may not realize 
our  projected  return  on  investment  and  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be  adversely  affected. 
Integrating  acquired  businesses  may  be  more  difficult  in  a  region  or  market  where  we  have  limited  expertise  or  with  a  company 
culture  or  operating  structure  different  than  ours.  A  significant  acquisition,  in  terms  of  geography  or  magnitude,  could  strain  our 
leadership’s attention and our administrative and operational resources. We also may be unable to retain qualified management and 
other  key  personnel  of  the  acquired  businesses,  that  may  be  necessary  to  integrate  acquired  businesses  successfully  or  realize 
anticipated synergies in a timely manner.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock

As a result of its Series A Preferred Stock investment, KKR owns a substantial portion of our equity and its interests may not be 
aligned with yours.

On May 6, 2020, KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, purchased 500,000 shares of the Company’s Series A 
convertible  preferred  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  (the  “Series  A  Preferred  Stock”),  which  it  subsequently  transferred  to  its 
affiliate,  KKR  Fresh  Holdings  L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited  partnership  (“KKR”),  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $500  million,  or 
$1,000  per  share.  As  a  result  of  its  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  investment,  KKR  owns  the  equivalent  of  approximately  10%  of  our 
Common Stock on an as-converted basis and has the right to designate one director to our board of directors. As a result, KKR may 
have the ability to influence the outcome of certain matters relating to the Company. Circumstances may occur in which the interests 
of KKR could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders. For example, the existence of KKR as a significant shareholder and 
KKR’s board designation rights may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management or limiting the ability 
of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of the Company.

Actions of activist stockholders could adversely impact our business and cause us to incur significant expenses. 

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to actions or proposals initiated by activist stockholders or others, and some such 
actions or proposals may not be aligned with our long-term strategy or the interests of our other stockholders. In 2022, we engaged in 
extensive dialogue with Sachem Head Capital Management (“Sachem Head”) resulting in our entry into a cooperation agreement with 
Sachem  Head  in  which  we  agreed  on  certain  matters  relating  to  our  Board  of  Directors  and  our  chief  executive  officer.  These 
discussions  resulted  in  the  expenditure  of  significant  time  and  energy  by  management  and  our  Board  of  Directors  and  required 
dedication by the Company of significant resources. The Company’s response to suggested actions, proposals, director nominations 
and/or contests for the election of directors from activist stockholders could disrupt our business and operations, divert the attention of 

17

our Board of Directors, management and employees and be costly and time consuming. Potential actions by activist stockholders may 
interfere  with  our  ability  to  execute  our  strategic  plans;  create  perceived  uncertainties  as  to  the  future  direction  of  our  business  or 
strategy; cause uncertainty with our regulators; make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel; and adversely affect our 
relationships with our existing and potential customers, suppliers and other business partners. Any of the foregoing could adversely 
impact  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Also,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  significant  fees  and  expenses 
related to responding to stockholder activism, including for third-party advisors. Further, the market price of our common stock could 
be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties described above.

General Risk Factors

Changes in applicable tax laws and regulations and the resolution of tax disputes may negatively affect our financial results.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the U.S. and various state and local jurisdictions, and changes in tax laws or regulations or 
tax rulings may have an adverse impact on our effective tax rate. The U.S. and many state and local jurisdictions where we do business 
from time to time enact changes in relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations and interpretations. Given the unpredictability 
of possible changes to U.S. federal and state and local tax laws and regulations, it is very difficult to predict their cumulative effect on 
our results of operations and cash flows, but new and changed laws and regulations could adversely impact our results of operations. 
We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other 
state  and  local  tax  authorities  and  governmental  bodies,  for  which  we  regularly  assess  the  likelihood  of  an  adverse  outcome.  If  the 
ultimate determination of these examinations is that taxes are owed by us for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws includes a forum selection clause.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an 
alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or 
proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, 
officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a 
claim against the Company or director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of 
the  Delaware  General  Corporate  Law,  the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the 
Company,  or  (iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  the  Company  or  director,  officer,  employee,  agent  or  stockholder  of  the 
Company  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  court  having  jurisdiction  over  indispensable  parties 
named as defendants. Moreover, under the Company’s Bylaws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, 
the federal courts of the United States of America, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the 
resolution  of  any  action  asserting  a  cause  of  action  arising  under  the  Securities  Act.  Any  person  or  entity  purchasing  or  otherwise 
acquiring  any  interest  in  our  capital  stock  is  deemed  to  have  received  notice  of  and  consented  to  provisions  of  the  forum  selection 
clause. 

The choice of forum provision may increase costs to bring a claim, discourage claims or limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim 
in  a  judicial  forum  that  it  finds  favorable  for  disputes  with  the  Company  or  the  Company’s  directors,  officers  or  other  employees, 
which may discourage such lawsuits against the Company or the Company’s directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to 
find the choice of forum provision contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws to be 
inapplicable  or  unenforceable  in  an  action,  the  Company  may  incur  additional  costs  associated  with  resolving  such  action  in  other 
jurisdictions. 

The nature of our operations may expose our associates and other individuals to health and safety risks, and as a result we may 
incur property, casualty or other losses not covered by our insurance policies and damage to our reputation.

The nature of our operations can expose our associates and other individuals, including the motoring public, to health and safety risks 
that may lead to severe injuries or even loss of life. Such risks could expose us to the potential for litigation from third parties, and also 
could harm our reputation which may result in a reduction in customer demand. Although we maintain insurance that we believe to be 
sufficient  to  cover  estimated  health  and  safety  risks,  including  claims  related  to  incidents  within  our  operations,  vehicle  and  driver 
related claims and other types of claims in various jurisdictions, there can be no assurance that such insurance will provide adequate 
coverage  against  all  potential  claims.  If  we  do  not  have  adequate  insurance  coverage  available,  such  claims  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we are or may be involved in the normal course of our 
business could limit our ability to operate our business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In  the  normal  course  of  our  business,  we  are  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings.  The  outcome  of  these  proceedings  cannot  be 
predicted. If any of these proceedings were determined adversely to us or require a settlement involving a payment of a material sum 
of money, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we could 
become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees, suppliers, customers, GPOs, investors, or regulators. 
Any significant adverse judgments or settlements could reduce our profits and limit our ability to operate our business.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, and other catastrophic events, may interrupt our business, or our customers’ or 
suppliers’ businesses.

Some of our facilities and our customers’ and suppliers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally 
prolonged,  weather  conditions,  including  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  blizzards,  and  extreme  cold.  Extreme  weather  conditions,  whether 
caused by global climate change or otherwise, may interrupt our operations in such areas. Furthermore, extreme weather conditions 
may disrupt critical infrastructure in the United States and interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, reduce the number of 
consumers who visit our customers’ facilities, interrupt our suppliers’ production or shipments or increase our suppliers’ product costs, 
all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our business could be affected by large-scale terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities (especially 
those  directed  against  or  otherwise  involving  the  U.S.),  the  outbreak  of  food-borne  illnesses,  the  widespread  outbreak  of  infectious 
diseases, or the occurrence of other catastrophic events. Any of these events could impair our ability to manage our business and/or 
cause  disruption  of  economic  activity,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

Our retirement benefits may give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We sponsor defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. These pension and postretirement obligations give rise to costs 
that  are  dependent  on  various  assumptions,  including  those  discussed  in  Note  18,  Retirement  Plans,  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements,  many  of  which  are  outside  of  our  control,  such  as  performance  of  financial  markets,  interest  rates,  participant  age  and 
mortality. In the event we determine that our assumptions should be revised, our future pension and postretirement plan benefit costs 
could  increase  or  decrease.  The  assumptions  we  use  may  differ  from  actual  results,  which  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our 
pension and postretirement obligations and related costs and funding requirements. 

In  addition  to  the  plans  we  sponsor,  we  also  contribute  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  administered  by  labor  unions 
representing  some  of  our  employees.  We  make  periodic  contributions  to  these  plans  to  allow  them  to  meet  their  pension  benefit 
obligations  to  their  participants.  In  the  event  that  we  withdraw  from  participating  in  one  of  these  plans—including  by  deciding  to 
discontinue participation in a plan in the ordinary course renegotiation of a CBA or by reducing the number of employees participating 
in  a  plan  to  a  certain  degree  over  a  certain  period  of  time  as  a  result  of  a  facility  closure  or  other  change  in  our  operations—then 
applicable law could require us to make additional withdrawal liability payments to the plan based on the applicable plan’s funding 
status.  Some  multiemployer  plans,  including  ones  to  which  we  contribute,  are  reported  to  have  significant  underfunded  liabilities, 
which could increase the size of potential withdrawal liability. Any withdrawal liability payments that we are required to make could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

19

Item 2.  Properties

As of the date of this report, we operated (i) 70 distribution facilities (consisting of more than 19,000,000 square feet), 57 of which are 
owned, (ii) 86 cash and carry locations (consisting of more than 2,000,000 square feet), all of which are leased, and (iii) 14 broadline 
support business production facilities (consisting of more than 900,000 square feet), 9 of which are owned. The leases related to these 
facilities expire at various dates from 2023 to 2040, although some provide options for us to renew. The table below lists the aggregate 
square footage, by state for these operating facilities.

Location
Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Florida
Georgia
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Louisiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Total

Number of
Facilities

Square Feet

2 
1 
4 
1 
25 
2 
1 
5 
2 
6 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
3 
3 
2 
5 
1 
3 
1 
3 
4 
2 
3 
2 
22 
4 
6 
2 
5 
2 
3 
32 
1 
1 
170 

458,304 
131,285 
493,116 
135,009 
2,388,746 
501,427 
239,899 
1,173,162 
691,017 
121,644 
528,295 
233,784 
114,250 
350,859 
207,200 
276,003 
414,963 
287,356 
602,947 
239,194 
246,430 
895,956 
533,237 
1,073,375 
133,486 
388,683 
1,024,923 
221,314 
501,894 
345,559 
775,146 
980,417 
1,403,855 
602,270 
1,011,501 
288,834 
854,737 
1,477,194 
220,537 
172,826 
22,740,634 

In addition, we leased our corporate headquarters in Rosemont, Illinois (consisting of more than 250,000 square feet) and our shared 
services center in Tempe, Arizona (consisting of more than 100,000 square feet). We believe that, in the aggregate, our real estate is 
suitable and adequate to serve the needs of our business.

Owned
Leased

16,301,888 
6,438,746 

 72 %
 28 %

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe that any 
of  our  pending  legal  proceedings,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

21

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock and Stockholders

Our  common  stock  began  trading  publicly  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  under  the  symbol  “USFD”  as  of 
May  26,  2016.  Prior  to  that  time,  there  was  no  public  market  for  our  common  stock.  There  were  21,030  holders  of  record  of  our 
common stock as of February 10, 2023. This figure does not include a substantially greater number of “street name” holders whose 
shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since our common stock began trading publicly on the NYSE.

We  have  no  plans  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  declaration,  amount,  and  payment  of  any 
future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. In making any such decision, our 
Board  of  Directors  may  take  into  account,  among  other  things,  our  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  financial  condition, 
contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. 

During the 52 weeks ended December 31, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors declared dividends on the shares of the Series A 
Preferred Stock outstanding as of the respective record dates. On March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 
31, 2022, the Company paid cash dividends in the aggregate of $37 million on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 14, 
Convertible Preferred Stock, in our consolidated financial statements for further information. 

Share Repurchase Program 

On  November  2,  2022,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  share  repurchase  program  under  which  the  Company  is  authorized  to 
repurchase  up  to  $500  million  of  its  outstanding  common  stock.  At  December  31,  2022,  there  was  approximately  $486  million  in 
remaining funds authorized under this program. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 396,069 shares at 
an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14 million under the program. 

The  size  and  timing  of  any  repurchases  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  share  price,  general  business  and  market 
conditions  and  other  factors.  Under  the  share  repurchase  program,  repurchases  can  be  made  from  time  to  time  using  a  variety  of 
methods, including open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, accelerated share repurchases and Rule 10b5-1 trading 
plans. The share repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of shares, and the repurchase 
program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion. The repurchase authorization does not have an 
expiration date.

The following table summarizes repurchases of US Foods common stock in the three months ended December 31, 2022:

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Program

Approximate Dollar Value 
of Shares that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the 
Program

—  $ 

— 

396,069  $ 

396,069 

500 

500

486 

Period (Millions of dollars, except number 
and price per share)

October 2, 2022 through November 5, 2022

November 6, 2022 through December 3, 2022

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

December 4, 2022 through December 31, 2022

396,069 

35.25 

Total

396,069  $ 

35.25  $ 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The following stock performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of the Company’s common stock with the 
cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Food and Staples Retailing Index for the last five fiscal years. The 
graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of such indices on December 30, 2017 (the beginning of our 
fiscal year) and the reinvestment of dividends, as applicable. Performance data for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 
Food and Staples Retailing Index is provided as of the last trading day of each of our last five fiscal years. 

US Foods Holding Corp.
S&P 500

S&P Food and Staples Retailing Index

12/30/17

12/29/18

12/28/19

01/02/21

01/01/22

12/31/22

$ 

100  $ 
100   

100   

99  $ 
96   

101   

131  $ 
126   

129   

104  $ 
149   

150   

109  $ 
192   

187   

107 
157 

168 

Item 6. 

[Reserved]

23

Index ValueStock Performance$107$157$168US Foods Holding Corp.S&P 500S&P Food and Staples Retailing 12/30/1712/29/1812/28/1901/02/2101/01/2212/31/22$90$100$110$120$130$140$150$160$170$180$190$200$210$220$230$240$250 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended to help the reader understand the Company, our financial condition and results of 
operations  and  our  present  business  environment.  It  should  be  read  together  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion and analysis contain certain financial measures that are not 
required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). We believe these non-
GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance and liquidity. Information 
regarding reconciliations of and the rationale for these measures is discussed in “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2022 and 2021. For a comparison of our 
consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2021 and 2020, see Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2022, filed 
with the SEC on February 17, 2022.

Overview

Our operations, our industry and the U.S. economy continue to be impacted by higher than normal inflation, supply chain disruptions, 
and labor shortages. These factors also influence the buying patterns of our customers and potentially impact consumer confidence and 
spending.  During  fiscal  year  2022,  these  factors  improved  significantly  from  fiscal  year  2021  due  to  the  declining  effects  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic.  We  continue  to  actively  monitor  these  risks  to  our  business.  Net  sales  increased,  primarily  due  to  continued 
inflation, and total case volumes increased 1.7% compared to the prior year driven by a 4.3% increase in independent restaurant case 
volume, a 31.0% increase in hospitality volume and a 2.9% increase in healthcare volume. We are unable to predict the extent these 
factors will continue to impact our results of operations. 

Operating Metrics 

Case growth—Case growth, by customer type (e.g., independent restaurants) is reported as of a point in time. Customers periodically 
are reclassified, based on changes in size or other characteristics, and when those changes occur, the respective customer’s historical 
volume follows its new classification. 

Fiscal Year 2022 Highlights

Financial Highlights—Total case volume increased 1.7% and independent restaurant case volume increased 4.3% in fiscal year 2022. 
Net  sales  increased  $4,570  million,  or  15.5%,  in  fiscal  year  2022  primarily  due  to  year-over-year  inflation  in  multiple  product 
categories. 

Gross  profit  increased  $837  million,  or  18.0%,  to  $5,492  million  in  fiscal  year  2022,  primarily  as  a  result  of  food  cost  inflation  in 
multiple  product  categories,  optimized  pricing,  increased  freight  income  from  improved  inbound  logistics,  cost  of  goods  sold 
optimization  and  a  favorable  year-over-year  last-in  first-out  (“LIFO”)  adjustment.  As  a  percentage  of  Net  sales,  gross  profit  was 
16.1% in fiscal year 2022, compared to 15.8% in fiscal year 2021. 

Total operating expenses increased $667 million, or 15.8%, to $4,898 million in fiscal year 2022. The increase was primarily due to 
higher  distribution  costs,  largely  due  to  higher  labor  costs  as  a  result  of  increased  turnover  and  higher  than  normal  wage  inflation. 
These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  cost  savings  initiatives  outlined  in  our  long-range  plan  including:  (1)  further  routing 
improvements, (2) completion of new warehouse selection technology implementation, and (3) the rollout of new warehouse process 
enhancements. 

24

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020:

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Net sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other income—net

Interest expense—net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)

Net income (loss)

Series A Preferred Stock dividends

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts:

Basic

Diluted

Percentage of Net Sales:

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Net income (loss)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Other Data:

Cash flows—operating activities

Cash flows—investing activities

Cash flows—financing activities

Capital expenditures

EBITDA(1)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted net income (1)
Free cash flow(2)

2022

Fiscal Year
2021
(in millions)

2020

$ 

34,057 

$ 

29,487 

$ 

22,885 

28,565 

5,492 

4,886 

12 

4,898 

594 

(22) 

255 
— 
361 

96 

265 

(37) 

228 

1.02 

1.01 

224 

226 

 16.1 %

 14.4 %

 1.7 %

 0.8 %

 3.8 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

24,832 

4,655 

4,220 

11 

4,231 

424 

(26) 

213 
23 
214 

50 

164 

(43) 

121 

$ 

19,166 

3,719 

3,757 

39 

3,796 

(77) 

(21) 

238 
— 
(294) 

(68) 

(226) 

(28) 

(254) 

0.55 

0.54 

$ 

$ 

(1.15) 

(1.15) 

222 

225 

 15.8 %

 14.3 %

 1.4 %

 0.6 %

 3.6 %

220 

220 

 16.3 %

 16.6 %

 (0.3) %

 (1.0) %

 2.8 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

765 

$ 

419 

$ 

413 

(255) 

(447) 

265 

988 

1,310 

538 

500 

(262) 

(837) 

274 

805 

1,057 

388 

145 

(1,110) 

1,427 

189 

366 

648 

48 

224 

(1) 

EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  (loss),  plus  interest  expense—net,  income  tax  provision  (benefit),  and  depreciation  and  amortization.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  defined  as  EBITDA  adjusted  for  (1)  restructuring  costs  and  asset  impairment  charges;  (2)  share-based  compensation  expense;  (3)  the 
impact  of  LIFO  reserve  adjustments;  (4)  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt;  (5)  business  transformation  costs;  and  (6)  other  gains,  losses,  or  costs  as 
specified  in  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness.  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  is  Adjusted  EBITDA  divided  by  total  Net  sales.  Adjusted  net 
income is defined as net income excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the 
exclusions  and  discrete  tax  items.  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  and  Adjusted  net  income  as  presented  in  this  Annual  Report  are  supplemental 
measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under 
GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For 
additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

Free  cash  flow  is  defined  as  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  less  cash  capital  expenditures.  Free  cash  flow  as  presented  in  this  Annual 
Report is a supplemental measure of our liquidity that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. It is not a measure of our liquidity 
under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities, or any other liquidity measures derived in 
accordance with GAAP. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We  provide  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin,  Adjusted  net  income  and  Free  cash  flow  as  supplemental 
measures  to  GAAP  financial  measures  regarding  our  operating  performance  and  liquidity.  These  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  as 
defined above, exclude the impact of certain items and, therefore, have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

We  believe  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  about  our 
operating performance because they exclude amounts that we do not consider part of our core operating results when assessing our 
performance.

We  believe  that  Adjusted  net  income  is  a  useful  measure  of  operating  performance  for  both  management  and  investors  because  it 
excludes items that are not reflective of our core operating performance and provides an additional view of our operating performance 
including depreciation, interest expense and income taxes on a consistent basis from period to period. We believe that Adjusted net 
income  may  be  used  by  investors,  analysts  and  other  interested  parties  to  facilitate  period-over-period  comparisons  and  provides 
additional clarity as to how factors and trends impact our operating performance.

Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures (1) to evaluate our historical and prospective financial performance as well as 
our performance relative to our competitors as they assist in highlighting trends, (2) to set internal sales targets and spending budgets, 
(3) to measure operational profitability and the accuracy of forecasting, (4) to assess financial discipline over operational expenditures, 
and (5) as an important factor in determining variable compensation for management and employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
are also used in connection with certain covenants and activity restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness. We also 
believe  these  and  similar  non-GAAP  financial  measures  are  frequently  used  by  securities  analysts,  investors,  and  other  interested 
parties to evaluate companies in our industry. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted net income are 
not  measurements  of  our  performance  under  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  as  alternatives  to  net  income  or  any  other 
performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

We use Free cash flow as a supplemental measure to GAAP financial measures regarding the liquidity of our operations. We measure 
Free cash flow as cash flows provided by operating activities less cash capital expenditures. We believe that Free cash flow is a useful 
financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is not a measure of our liquidity 
under  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  or  any  other  liquidity 
measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

We  caution  readers  that  amounts  presented  in  accordance  with  our  definitions  of  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA 
margin,  Adjusted  net  income,  and  Free  cash  flow  may  not  be  the  same  as  similar  measures  used  by  other  companies.  Not  all 
companies  and  analysts  calculate  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  net  income  or  Free  cash  flow  in  the  same  manner.  We 
compensate for these limitations by using these non-GAAP financial measures as supplements to GAAP financial measures and by 
presenting the reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most comparable GAAP financial measures.

26

The following table reconciles EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Free cash flow to the most directly comparable 
GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures for the periods indicated:

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Series A Preferred Stock dividends (see Note 14)
Net income (loss)
Interest expense—net
Income tax provision (benefit) 
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
EBITDA
Adjustments:

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges(1)
Share-based compensation expense(2)
LIFO reserve adjustment(3)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)
Business transformation costs(5)
COVID-19 bad debt (benefit) expense(6)
COVID-19 product donations and inventory adjustments(7)
COVID-19 other related expenses(8)
Business acquisition and integration related costs and other(9)

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation expense
Interest expense—net
Income tax provision, as adjusted(10)

Adjusted net income(11)
Cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities
Capital expenditures
Free cash flow

2022

Fiscal Year
2021
(in millions)

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

228  $ 
(37) 
265 
255 
96 
327 
45 
988 

12 
45 
147 
— 
52 
— 
— 
— 
66 
1,310 
(327) 
(255) 
(190) 
538  $ 

121  $ 
(43) 
164 
213 
50 
323 
55 
805 

11 
48 
165 
23 
22 
(15) 
— 
3 
(5) 
1,057 
(323) 
(213) 
(133) 
388  $ 

765  $ 
(265) 
500  $ 

419  $ 
(274) 
145  $ 

(254) 
(28) 
(226) 
238 
(68) 
343 
79 
366 

39 
40 
25 
— 
22 
47 
50 
13 
46 
648 
(343) 
(238) 
(19) 
48 

413 
(189) 
224 

(1)  Consists primarily of the write-off of old leases ROU asset and lease liability of $9 million associated with entering into new lease agreements for four 

distribution facilities in fiscal year 2022, non-CEO severance and related costs, organizational realignment costs and other asset impairment charges.
Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan.

(2) 
(3)  Represents the impact of LIFO reserve adjustments.
(4) 

Includes  early  redemption  premium  and  the  write-off  of  certain  pre-existing  debt  issuance  costs.  See  Note  11,  Debt,  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for additional information.

(5)  Consists primarily of costs related to significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions.
(6) 

Includes the changes in the reserve for doubtful accounts expense reflecting the collection risk associated with our customer base as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

(7)      Includes COVID-19 related expenses related to inventory adjustments and product donations.
(8)      Includes COVID-19 related costs that we are permitted to add back under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.
(9) 

Includes:  (i)  aggregate  acquisition  and  integration  related  costs  of  $22  million  for  both  fiscal  years  2022  and  2021,  and  $45  million  for  fiscal  year 
2020; (ii) contested proxy and related legal and consulting costs of $21 million for fiscal year 2022; (iii) CEO severance of $5 million for fiscal year 
2022; (iv) favorable legal settlement recoveries of $29 million for fiscal year 2021; and (v) other gains, losses or costs that we are permitted to add 
back for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.

(10)  Represents  our  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  adjusted  for  the  tax  effect  of  pre-tax  items  excluded  from  Adjusted  net  income  and  the  removal  of 
applicable discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, 
discrete changes in valuation allowances, and excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded 
from  Adjusted  net  income  is  computed  using  a  statutory  tax  rate  after  taking  into  account  the  impact  of  permanent  differences  and  valuation 
allowances. 

(11)    Effective as of the first quarter 2021, we have presented Adjusted net income. Previously, we presented Adjusted net income (loss) available to 

common shareholders.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation between the GAAP income tax provision (benefit) and the income tax provision, as adjusted, is as follows:

2022

Fiscal Year
2021
(in millions)

2020

$ 

$ 

96  $ 
89 
5 
190  $ 

50  $ 
74 
9 
133  $ 

(68) 
92 
(5) 
19 

GAAP income tax provision (benefit)
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
Discrete tax items
Income tax provision, as adjusted

Comparison of Results 

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 

Highlights

•

•

•

•

•

Net income was $265 million in fiscal year 2022, compared to net income of $164 million in fiscal year 2021.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $253 million, or 23.9%, to $1,310 million in fiscal year 2022. As a percentage of net sales, 
Adjusted EBITDA was 3.8% in fiscal year 2022, as compared to 3.6% in fiscal year 2021.

Net sales increased $4,570 million, or 15.5% to $34,057 million in fiscal year 2022.

Total case volume increased 1.7% and independent restaurant case volume increased 4.3% in fiscal year 2022. 

Operating  income  was  $594  million  in  fiscal  year  2022,  compared  to  operating  income  of  $424  million  in  fiscal  year 
2021. As a percentage of net sales, operating income was 1.7% in fiscal year 2022, as compared to 1.4% in fiscal year 
2021.

Net Sales

Total case volume increased 1.7% and independent restaurant case volume increased 4.3% in fiscal year 2022. Year-over-year total 
case growth was negatively impacted roughly 2.8% by the mid-2021 exit of the lower margin grocery retail business we temporarily 
added during the pandemic and the strategic exit of a small number of lower margin chain restaurant and education customers.

Net sales increased $4,570 million, or 15.5%, to $34,057 million in fiscal year 2022, comprised of a $488 million, or 1.7%, increase in 
total case volume and a $4,082 million, or 13.8%, increase in the overall Net sales rate per case. The increase in Net sales rate per case 
primarily  reflects  a  year-over-year  average  inflation  increase  of  13.0%  in  multiple  product  categories  including  grocery,  dairy  and 
disposables,  as  well  as  favorable  changes  in  our  product  mix.  The  year-over-year  increase  in  inflation  benefited  Net  sales  since  a 
significant  portion  of  our  Net  sales  is  based  on  a  pre-established  markup  over  product  cost.  Sales  of  private  brands  represented 
approximately 34% of Net sales in both 2022 and 2021. 

Gross Profit

Gross  profit  increased  $837  million,  or  18.0%,  to  $5,492  million  in  fiscal  year  2022,  primarily  as  a  result  of  food  cost  inflation  in 
multiple  product  categories,  optimized  pricing,  increased  freight  income  from  improved  inbound  logistics,  cost  of  goods  sold 
optimization,  and  a  favorable  year-over-year  LIFO  adjustment.  Our  LIFO  method  of  inventory  costing  resulted  in  expense  of 
$147  million  in  fiscal  year  2022,  compared  to  expense  of  $165  million  in  fiscal  year  2021  due  to  inflation  in  multiple  product 
categories including grocery, dairy and disposables. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 16.1% in fiscal year 2022, compared 
to  15.8%  in  fiscal  year  2021,  primarily  driven  by  increased  case  volume,  and  a  decrease  in  LIFO  expense  in  fiscal  year  2022  as 
compared to fiscal year 2021. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, comprised of distribution, selling and administrative costs and restructuring costs and asset impairment charges, 
increased $667 million, or 15.8%, to $4,898 million in fiscal year 2022. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 14.4% in 
fiscal year 2022, compared to 14.3% in fiscal year 2021. The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher distribution 
costs,  largely  due  to  higher  labor  costs  as  a  result  of  increased  turnover  and  higher  than  normal  wage  inflation.  The  increase  was 
partially offset by cost savings initiatives outlined in our long-range plan including: (1) further routing improvements, (2) completion 
of new warehouse selection technology implementation, and (3) the rollout of new warehouse process enhancements.

Operating Income

Our  operating  income  was  $594  million  in  fiscal  year  2022,  compared  to  operating  income  of  $424  million  in  fiscal  year  2021. 
Operating income as a percentage of Net sales was 1.7% in fiscal year 2022, compared to 1.4% in fiscal year 2021. The increase in 
operating income was due to the factors discussed in the relevant sections above. 

Other Income—Net

Other  income—net  includes  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  costs  (credits),  exclusive  of  the  service  cost  component  associated 
with our defined benefit and other postretirement plans. We recognized other income—net of $22 million and $26 million in fiscal 
years 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease in other income—net in 2022 is primarily due to a decrease in the expected return on 
assets compared to fiscal year 2021. 

Interest Expense—Net 

Interest expense—net increased $42 million in fiscal year 2022, primarily due to an increase in interest rates, partially offset by lower 
outstanding debt in fiscal year 2022 compared to fiscal year 2021. 

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2022 of 27% varied from the 21% federal corporate income tax rate, primarily as a result 
of state income taxes and the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included an aggregate tax benefit of 
$5 million consisting primarily of a tax benefit of $1 million related to a decrease in an unrecognized tax benefit and a tax benefit of 
$4 million, related to excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation.

Our effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2021 of 23% varied from the 21% federal corporate income tax rate, primarily as a result 
of state income taxes and the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included an aggregate tax benefit of 
$10 million consisting of a tax benefit of $2 million related to a decrease in an unrecognized tax benefit and a tax benefit of $8 million, 
primarily related to excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. 

Net Income

Our net income was $265 million in fiscal year 2022, compared to $164 million in fiscal year 2021. The increase in net income was 
due to the relevant factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our  ongoing  operations  and  strategic  objectives  require  working  capital  and  continuing  capital  investment.  Our  primary  sources  of 
liquidity include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and other types of debt and financing 
arrangements. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had approximately $2.0 billion in cash and available liquidity.

Indebtedness

The aggregate carrying value of our indebtedness was $4,854 million, net of $43 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of 
December 31, 2022. 

We had no outstanding borrowings and had issued letters of credit totaling $462 million under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 
2022. There was remaining capacity of $1,838 million under the ABL Facility based on our borrowing base as of December 31, 2022. 

The Company’s 4.75% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”), had an outstanding balance of $893 million, 
net of $7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022.

The Company’s 4.625% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030”) had an outstanding balance of $496 million, 
net of $4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. 

29

The incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) had a carrying 
value of $1,232 million, net of $19 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. 

The incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in November 2021 (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) had a carrying 
value of $786 million, net of $6 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022.  

The  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016  (as  amended,  the  “Term  Loan  Credit 
Agreement”) provides USF with the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility. 

The Company’s 6.25% senior secured notes due April 15, 2025 (the “Secured Senior Notes due 2025”) had a carrying value of $993 
million, net of $7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. 

We also had $446 million of obligations under financing leases for transportation equipment and building leases as of December 31, 
2022.

The ABL Facility will mature in 2027. The 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility will 
mature  in  2026  and  2028,  respectively.  As  economic  conditions  permit,  we  will  consider  opportunities  to  repurchase,  refinance  or 
otherwise reduce our debt obligations on favorable terms. Any potential debt reduction or refinancing could require significant use of 
our available liquidity and capital resources. 

We believe that the combination of cash generated from operations, together with borrowing capacity under the agreements governing 
our indebtedness and other financing arrangements, will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, ongoing costs 
of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months as well as beyond 12 months.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict 
our  ability  to  incur  certain  additional  indebtedness,  create  or  permit  liens  on  our  assets,  pay  dividends,  or  engage  in  mergers  or 
consolidations.  For  additional  information,  see  Item  1A  of  Part  I,  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Relating  to  Our  Indebtedness.”  USF  had 
approximately $1.6 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants and approximately $2.9 billion of its net assets were 
restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation as of 
December 31, 2022. 

Every quarter, we review rating agency changes for all of the lenders that have a continuing obligation to provide us with funding. We 
are not aware of any facts that indicate our lenders will not be able to comply with the contractual terms of their agreements with us. 
We continue to monitor the credit markets generally and the strength of our lender counterparties.

From time to time, we may repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our 
leverage. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases, and other retirements of outstanding debt. The 
amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, will depend on market conditions, our debt trading levels, our 
cash position, and other considerations. Any potential debt reduction or other debt retirement could require significant use of our other 
available liquidity and capital resources.

See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of our indebtedness.

Cash Flows 

The following table presents condensed highlights from our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years 2022 and 2021:

Net income
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Other adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

30

Fiscal Year

2022

2021

(in millions)
265  $ 
43 
457 
765 
(255) 
(447) 
63 
148 
211  $ 

164 
(230) 
485 
419 
(262) 
(837) 
(680) 
828 
148 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $346 million to $765 million in fiscal year 2022 driven by higher net income 
and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2021 was $419 million as the 
Company’s working capital requirements increased in line with the recovery of sales volumes.

Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal years 2022 and 2021 included cash expenditures of $265 million and $274 million, 
respectively,  and  related  to  investments  in  information  technology,  new  construction  and  expansion  of  distribution  facilities  and 
property and equipment for fleet replacement. 

We expect total cash capital expenditures in fiscal year 2023 to be between $290 million and $310 million, exclusive of approximately 
$120 million of capital expenditures under our fleet financing leases. We expect to fund our capital expenditures with available cash or 
cash generated from operations and through fleet financing.

Financing Activities

Cash  flows  used  by  financing  activities  in  fiscal  year  2022  included  $108  million  of  scheduled  payments  under  our  Term  Loan 
Facilities and financing leases, $100 million of voluntary prepayments of our 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, $200 million of 
voluntary prepayments of our 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility, $37 million of dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, no net 
payments  under  the  ABL  Facility  and  $14  million  of  share  repurchases.  We  incurred  approximately  $4  million  of  lender  fees  and 
third-party costs in connection with the ABL Facility refinancing transaction. Financing activities in fiscal year 2022 also included $22 
million  of  proceeds  received  from  stock  purchases  under  our  employee  stock  purchase  plan  and  $15  million  of  proceeds  from  the 
exercise  of  employee  stock  options,  which  were  offset  by  $16  million  of  employee  tax  withholdings  paid  in  connection  with  the 
vesting of stock awards. 

Cash  flows  used  by  financing  activities  in  fiscal  year  2021  included  $122  million  of  scheduled  payments  under  our  term  loans 
pursuant  to  our  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Term  Loan  Facilities”)  and  financing  leases  and  $2,085  million  of  voluntary 
prepayments of the senior secured term loan maturing on June 27, 2023 (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”). We incurred approximately 
$18 million of lender fees and third-party costs in connection with our issuance of the Unsecured Notes due 2029, consisting of a $9 
million early redemption premium related to the 5.875% Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024”) 
and  $9  million  of  costs  associated  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2029,  which  were  capitalized  as  deferred 
financing costs. We incurred $12 million of cost associated with the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 and the 2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs. Cash flows used by financing activities in fiscal 
year 2021 also included $28 million of Series A Preferred Stock dividends. 

Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal year 2021 included aggregate borrowings of $900 million under the Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2029, $900 million under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and $500 million under the Unsecured Senior 
Notes due 2030. We used the proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, together with cash on hand, to 
redeem  all  of  the  then  outstanding  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2024  and  repay  all  of  the  then  outstanding  borrowings  under  the 
incremental senior secured term loan maturing on April 24, 2025. We used proceeds from the issuance of the 2021 Incremental Term 
Loan Facility and Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, along with cash on hand to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under 
the Initial Term Loan Facility. Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal year 2021 also included $20 million of proceeds 
received from stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan and $15 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee 
stock options, which were offset by $14 million of employee tax withholdings paid in connection with the vesting of stock awards.

Other Obligations and Commitments

The Company’s cash requirements within the next twelve months include the current portion of long-term debt, accounts payable and 
accrued  liabilities,  other  current  liabilities,  and  purchase  commitments  and  other  obligations.  We  expect  the  cash  required  to  meet 
these  obligations  to  be  primarily  generated  through  a  combination  of  cash  from  operations  and  access  to  capital  from  financial 
markets. Our long-term cash requirements under our various contractual obligations and commitments include:

•

•

•

Debt, including financing lease obligations – See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of 
our debt and the timing of expected future principal payments.

Operating and finance lease obligations – See Note 17, Leases, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of 
our obligations and the timing of expected future payments.

Pension plans and other postretirement benefit contributions – We sponsor a defined benefit plan that pays benefits to eligible 
employees  at  retirement.  In  addition,  we  provide  certain  postretirement  health  and  welfare  benefits  to  eligible  retirees  and 

31

•

•

their dependents. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations 
and the timing of expected future payments.

Self-insured liabilities – We are self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. Claims in 
excess of certain levels are insured by external parties. See Note 12, Accrued Expenses and Other Long-Term Liabilities, in 
our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  detail  of  our  obligations  and  the  expected  timing  of  expected  future 
payments.

Purchase and Other Obligations – The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary 
course of business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined 
volume  of  products.  Purchase  obligations  also  include  amounts  committed  with  various  third-party  service  providers  to 
provide information technology services for periods up to fiscal 2025. See Note 22, Commitments and Contingencies, in our 
consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the expected timing of expected future payments.

We  believe  the  following  sources  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  cash  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  twelve  months, 
while maintaining sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes:

•
•
•

Our cash flow from operations;
The availability of additional capital under our existing ABL Facility; and 
Our availability to access capital from financial markets.

Retirement Plans

We sponsor a defined benefit plan that pays benefits to eligible participants at retirement. Only certain union associates are eligible to 
participate and continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining agreements. The plan is closed and frozen to all 
other employees. In addition, we provide certain postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. 
We did not make significant contributions to the Company-sponsored defined benefit and other postretirement plans in fiscal years 
2022 and 2021, and we do not expect to make significant contributions in fiscal year 2023. 

Certain employees are eligible to participate in our 401(k) savings plan. We made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan 
of $57 million and $52 million in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively.

We also are required to contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under the terms of certain of our CBAs. Our contributions 
to these plans were $47 million and $43 million in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  had  entered  into  $462  million  of  letters  of  credit,  primarily  in  favor  of  certain  commercial  insurers  to  secure  obligations  with 
respect to our insurance programs and certain real estate leases, under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 2022.

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material 
effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or 
capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Except  as  otherwise  set  forth  herein,  we  have  prepared  the  financial  information  in  this  Annual  Report  in  accordance  with  GAAP. 
Preparing these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during these reporting periods. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and 
other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the 
carrying  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Our  most  critical  accounting  policies  and 
estimates pertain to the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, vendor consideration and income taxes. 

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  include  the  cost  of  the  acquired  business  in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  net  assets 
recorded in connection with each acquisition. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, amortizable trade names, non-
compete  agreements,  the  brand  names  comprising  our  portfolio  of  private  brands,  and  trademarks.  We  assess  goodwill  and  other 
intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate an 
asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment as of the beginning of 

32

each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. 

For  goodwill,  the  reporting  unit  used  in  assessing  impairment  is  the  Company’s  one  business  segment  as  described  in  Note  24, 
Business  Information,  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  fiscal  year  2022  assessment  for  impairment  of  goodwill  was 
performed using a qualitative approach to determine, as of the date of the assessment, whether it was more likely than not that the fair 
value  of  goodwill  was  less  than  its  carrying  value.  In  performing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  identified  and  considered  the 
significance  of  relevant  key  factors,  events,  and  circumstances  that  affect  the  fair  value  of  goodwill.  These  factors  include  external 
factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial 
performance. Based on our qualitative fiscal year 2022 annual impairment analysis for goodwill, we concluded that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value.

Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief from royalty method, 
including key assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, and a discount rate. 
The fair value of each intangible asset is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the 
asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. 

Based on our fiscal year 2022 annual impairment analysis for indefinite-lived intangible assets, we concluded that the fair value of our 
trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset and brand name indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeded their respective carrying values 
by substantial margins. These margins would not be materially impacted by a 5% increase in the discount rate. The recoverability of 
our indefinite-lived intangible assets could be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not achieved.

During fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as part of 
an earlier acquisition. As a result of the rebranding initiatives, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $7 million, which 
was  included  in  restructuring  costs  and  asset  impairment  charges  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive 
Income. During 2020, the Company also recognized $9 million of asset impairment charges related to COVID-19’s adverse impacts 
on the fair value of certain trade names acquired as part of the 2019 Food Group acquisition.

Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in 
assumptions could have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods. 

Vendor Consideration

We  participate  in  various  rebate  and  promotional  incentives  with  our  suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  The 
amount and timing of recognition of consideration under these incentives requires management judgment and estimates. Consideration 
under these incentives is estimated during the year based on historical and forecasted purchasing activity, as our obligations under the 
programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions, or 
less often in the form of cash payments. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives earned are treated as changes in estimates and 
are recognized in the period of change. Historically, adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances have 
not been significant, and we do not expect adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances to be significant 
in the next 12 months.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  this 
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and 
tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The 
effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment 
date. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized.

33

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including 
resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.  Uncertain  tax  positions  are  recorded  at  the 
largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained.  We  adjust  the  amounts  recorded  for  uncertain  tax  positions  when  our 
judgment  changes  as  a  result  of  the  evaluation  of  new  information  not  previously  available.  These  differences  are  reflected  as 
increases  or  decreases  to  income  tax  expense  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  determined.  The  Company  estimates  it  is  reasonably 
possible  that  the  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  decrease  by  up  to  $15  million  in  the  next  12  months  as  a  result  of  the 
completion  of  various  tax  audits  currently  in  process  and  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  in  several  jurisdictions.  Our 
uncertain  tax  positions  contain  uncertainties  because  management  is  required  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  in 
estimating the exposures associated with our various filing positions. We believe that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are 
reasonable; however, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. To the extent we 
prevail  in  matters  for  which  an  uncertain  tax  position  has  been  established,  or  pay  amounts  in  excess  of  recorded  positions,  our 
effective income tax rate could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would generally require use of our cash and may 
result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement may be recognized as a reduction in 
our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 3, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, in our consolidated financial 
statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and overall economic conditions. Our market risks include 
interest rate risk and fuel price risk. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our debt exposes us to risk of fluctuations in interest rates. Floating rate debt, where the interest rate fluctuates periodically, exposes 
us  to  short-term  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  Fixed  rate  debt,  where  the  interest  rate  is  fixed  over  the  life  of  the  instrument, 
exposes  us  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates  reflected  in  the  fair  value  of  the  debt  and  to  the  risk  that  we  may  need  to  refinance 
maturing debt with new debt at higher rates. We manage our debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating 
rates  and  may  employ  interest  rate  swaps  as  a  tool  to  achieve  that  position.  We  have  in  the  past  entered  into  interest  rate  swap 
agreements to limit our exposure to variable interest rate terms, the most recent of which expired on July 31, 2021. We may, in the 
future,  again  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps,  the  risks  of  which  include  changes  in  the  interest  rates  affecting  the  fair  value  of  such 
instruments,  potential  increases  in  interest  expense  due  to  market  increases  in  floating  interest  rates  and  the  creditworthiness  of  the 
counterparties.

Approximately 42% of the principal amount of our debt bore interest at floating rates based on LIBOR, SOFR or an alternative base 
rate, as defined in our credit agreements, as of December 31, 2022. A hypothetical 1% change in the applicable rate would cause the 
interest expense on our floating rate debt to change by approximately $20 million per year (see Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated 
financial statements). On March 5, 2021, the IBA, the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it will cease publication of U.S. dollar 
LIBOR tenors as of June 30, 2023 (instead of December 31, 2021), for the most common tenors (overnight and one, three, six and 
twelve months) and it will cease publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors for less common tenors (one week and two months) as well 
as all tenors of non-U.S. dollar LIBOR as of December 31, 2021. We are unable to predict the impact of using alternative reference 
rates and corresponding rate risk as of this time.

Fuel Price Risk

We are also exposed to risk due to fluctuations in the price and availability of diesel fuel. We require significant quantities of diesel 
fuel for our vehicle fleet, and the price and supply of diesel fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, 
including  geopolitical  developments,  supply  and  demand  for  oil  and  gas,  regional  production  patterns,  weather  conditions  and 
environmental concerns. Increases in the cost of diesel fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and 
increase the prices we pay for products, and the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. 

Fuel costs related to outbound deliveries approximated $195 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. Our activities to 
minimize  fuel  cost  risk  include  route  optimization,  improving  fleet  utilization  and  assessing  fuel  surcharges.  We  typically  directly 
offset  approximately  40%  of  the  increases  in  fuel  costs  through  fuel  surcharges  to  customers.  We  also  enter  into  forward  purchase 
commitments for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 31, 2022, we had diesel fuel forward purchase 
commitments totaling $41 million, which fix approximately 22% of our projected diesel fuel purchase needs through December 2023. 

34

Using  current  published  market  price  projections  for  diesel  and  estimated  fuel  consumption  needs,  a  hypothetical  10%  unfavorable 
change  in  diesel  prices  from  the  market  price  could  result  in  approximately  $17  million  in  additional  fuel  cost  on  uncommitted 
volumes through December 2023.

35

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 (PCAOB ID:  34 )

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 
2022, and January 2, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 
2022, and January 2, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and 
January 2, 2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page No.

37

39

40

41

42

43

36

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the 
Company as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal 
years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2022,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated February 16, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion 

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of 
critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the  accounts  or 
disclosures to which it relates.

Vendor Consideration and Receivables - Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements. 

Critical Audit Matter Description

The  Company  receives  rebates  and  incentives  from  certain  suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  Consideration 
earned under these incentives is estimated during the year based on purchasing activity, as obligations under the program are fulfilled 
primarily as products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions to be applied against the 
amounts owed to the Company’s vendors, or less often in the form of cash payments. The purchase-based incentives are recorded as a 
reduction to inventory as they are earned based on inventory purchases. As the related inventory is sold, the amounts are recorded as a 
reduction to cost of goods sold.

Total vendor receivables were $143 million at December 31, 2022. Although many of these incentives are under long-term agreements 
others are negotiated on an annual basis or shorter.

We  identified  vendor  consideration  as  a  critical  audit  matter  due  to  the  extent  of  audit  effort  required  to  evaluate  whether  vendor 
consideration is recorded in accordance with the terms of the vendor agreements.

37

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the evaluation of the vendor agreements included the following, among others: 

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls over the calculation of the amount recorded and the accuracy of the 

agreement information input in the system utilized to calculate the amount of vendor consideration recorded.

• We selected a sample of vendor consideration recorded and (1) confirmed the amount recorded directly with the vendors or (2) 

recalculated vendor consideration amounts recorded by the Company using the terms of the executed vendor agreement.

• We selected a sample of inventory on hand and evaluated whether the related vendor consideration was properly recognized at 

and during the period ended December 31, 2022. 

• We tested the amount of vendor consideration recorded as a reduction to inventory by developing an independent expectation for 
the amount based on historical ratios experienced by the Company and comparing our expectation to the amount recorded in the 
current year. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Chicago, Illinois
February 16, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

38

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $30 and $33

Vendor receivables, less allowances of $8 and $7

Inventories—net

Prepaid expenses

Assets held for sale

Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment—net

Goodwill

Other intangibles—net

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Cash overdraft liability

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Deferred tax liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)

Mezzanine equity:
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized; 
     0.5 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022
Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
     225 and 223 issued and outstanding as of
     December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Treasury Stock, .5 and 0 shares, respectively

Total shareholders’ equity

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

211  $ 

1,705 

143 

1,616 

124 

2 

19 

3,820 

2,171 

5,625 

785 

— 

372 

148 

1,469 

145 

1,686 

120 

8 

18 

3,594 

2,033 

5,625 

830 

8 

431 

$ 

12,773  $ 

12,521 

$ 

175  $ 

1,855 

650 

116 

2,796 

4,738 

298 

446 

8,278 

183 

1,662 

610 

95 

2,550 

4,916 

307 

479 

8,252 

534 

534 

2 

3,036 

1,010 

(73)   

(14)   

3,961 

2 

2,970 

782 

(19) 

— 

3,735 

12,521 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

$ 

12,773  $ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)

December 31, 
2022

Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 
2022

January 2, 
2021

Net sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other income—net

Interest expense—net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income (loss) before income taxes

Income tax provision (benefit) 

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations

Recognition of interest rate swaps

Comprehensive income (loss)

Net income (loss)
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

$ 

34,057  $ 

29,487  $ 

28,565 

5,492 

4,886 

12 

4,898 

594 

24,832 

4,655 

4,220 

11 

4,231 

424 

(22)   

(26)   

255 

— 

361 

96 

265 

(54)   

— 

211  $ 

265  $ 

(37)   

228  $ 

213 

23 

214 

50 

164 

10 

5 

179  $ 

164  $ 

(43)   

121  $ 

22,885 

19,166 

3,719 

3,757 

39 

3,796 

(77) 

(21) 

238 

— 

(294) 

(68) 

(226) 

23 

(3) 

(206) 

(226) 

(28) 

(254) 

1.02  $ 

1.01  $ 

0.55  $ 

0.54  $ 

(1.15) 

(1.15) 

224 
226 

222 
225 

220 
220 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In millions)

BALANCE-December 28, 2019

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Recognition of interest rate swaps, net of income tax

Adoption of ASU 2016-13 (Note 6)

Net loss

BALANCE-January 2, 2021

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Vested restricted stock units, net

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Recognition of interest rate swaps, net of income tax

Net income

BALANCE-January 1, 2022

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Vested restricted stock units, net

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Stock repurchased

Net income

Number of
Common
Shares

Common
Shares at
Par Value

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Treasury 
Stock

220 

$ 

2 

$ 

2,845 

$ 

916 

$ 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

40 

18 

3 

(5) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(28) 

— 

— 

(1) 

(226) 

221 

$ 

2 

$ 

2,901 

$ 

661 

$ 

— 

1 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

48 

20 

— 

15 

(14) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(43) 

— 

— 

164 

223 

$ 

2 

$ 

2,970 

$ 

782 

$ 

— 

— 

1 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

45 

22 

— 

15 

(16) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(37) 

— 

— 

265 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(14) 

— 

Accumulat
ed Other 
Comprehe
nsive Loss

Total
Sharehold
ers’
Equity

$ 

(54)  $ 

3,709 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

23 

(3) 

— 

— 

40 

18 

3 

(5) 

(28) 

23 

(3) 

(1) 

(226) 

$ 

(34)  $ 

3,530 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10 

5 

— 

48 

20 

— 

15 

(14) 

(43) 

10 

5 

164 

$ 

(19)  $ 

3,735 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(54) 

— 

— 

45 

22 

— 

15 

(16) 

(37) 

(54) 

(14) 

265 

BALANCE-December 31, 2022

225 

$ 

2 

$ 

3,036 

$ 

1,010 

$ 

(14)  $ 

(73)  $ 

3,961 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating 
activities:

Fiscal Years Ended

December 
31, 2022

January 1, 
2022

January 2, 
2021

$ 

265  $ 

164  $ 

(226) 

Depreciation and amortization

Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net

Tangible asset impairment charges

Intangible asset impairment charges

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Deferred tax provision (benefit) 

Share-based compensation expense

Provision (benefit) for doubtful accounts

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:

(Increase) decrease in receivables

Decrease (increase) in inventories

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and cash overdraft liability

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of businesses—net of cash

Proceeds from sales of divested assets

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from debt borrowings

Principal payments on debt and financing leases

Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock

Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock

Debt financing costs and fees

Repurchase of common stock

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Interest paid—net of amounts capitalized

Income taxes paid (received)—net

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

Property and equipment transferred to assets held for sale

Leased assets obtained in exchange for financing lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

Cashless exercise of stock options

Paid-in-kind Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

372 

(5) 

10 

— 

— 

12 

17 

45 

6 

(240) 

70 

(24) 

193 

44 

765 

— 

— 

10 

(265) 

(255) 

378 

(1) 

1 

7 

23 

15 

38 

48 

(24) 

(386) 

(413) 

4 

471 

94 

419 

— 

5 

7 

(274) 

(262) 

1,207 

(1,620) 

2,305 

(3,105) 

— 

(37) 

(4) 

(14) 

22 

15 

(16) 
(447) 

63 

148 

— 

(28) 

(30) 

— 

20 

15 

(14) 
(837) 

(680) 

828 

$ 

$ 

211  $ 

148  $ 

243  $ 

185  $ 

68 

36 

— 

207 
41 

1 

— 

1 

40 

11 

56 
32 

1 

15 

422 

(17) 

3 

9 

— 

16 

(51) 

40 

63 

334 

201 

(30) 

(339) 

(12) 

413 

(972) 

7 

44 

(189) 

(1,110) 

3,645 

(2,692) 

491 

— 

(33) 

— 

18 

3 

(5) 
1,427 

730 

98 

828 

216 

(1) 

21 

24 

73 
48 

— 

28 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in tables in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

1.  OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  referred  to  in  these  consolidated 
financial statements and notes as “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company,” or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of 
its  operations  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary  US  Foods,  Inc.  (“USF”)  and  its  subsidiaries.  All  of  the  Company’s 
indebtedness, as further described in Note 11, Debt, is a direct obligation of USF and its subsidiaries.

Business  Description—The  Company,  through  USF,  operates  in  one  business  segment  in  which  it  markets,  sells,  and 
distributes  fresh,  frozen  and  dry  food  and  non-food  products  to  foodservice  customers  throughout  the  U.S.  These  customers 
include independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, regional concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing 
homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, government and military organizations, colleges and universities and retail locations.

Basis of Presentation—The Company operates on a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 
53-week  fiscal  year  occurs,  the  Company  reports  the  additional  week  in  the  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  The  fiscal  years  ended 
December  31,  2022  and  January  1,  2022,  referred  to  herein  as  fiscal  years  2022  and  2021,  respectively,  were  52-week  fiscal 
years. The fiscal year ended January 2, 2021, referred to herein as fiscal year 2020, was a 53-week fiscal year.

2. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles  of  Consolidation—The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  US  Foods  and  its 
wholly owned subsidiary, USF, and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use  of  Estimates—The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents—The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with  an  original  maturity  of 
three or fewer months to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of business and are 
recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Receivables are presented net of the allowance for doubtful accounts in 
the  Company’s  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  performs  on-going  credit  evaluations  of  its 
customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by 
the  review  of  their  current  credit  information.  Collections  and  payments  from  customers  are  continuously  monitored.  The 
Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on a combination of factors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based upon historical 
experience, future expected losses, as well as specific customer collection issues that have been identified. The Company uses 
specific  criteria  to  determine  uncollectible  receivables  to  be  written  off,  including  bankruptcy,  accounts  referred  to  outside 
parties for collection, and accounts past due over specified periods.

Vendor  Consideration  and  Receivables—The  Company  participates  in  various  rebate  and  promotional  incentives  with  its 
suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  Consideration  earned  is  estimated  during  the  year  as  the  Company’s 
obligations under the programs are fulfilled, which is primarily when products are purchased. Changes in the estimated amount 
of incentives earned are recognized in the period of change.

Vendor  consideration  is  typically  deducted  from  invoices  or  collected  in  cash  within  30  days  of  being  earned.  Vendor 
receivables  represent  the  uncollected  balance  of  vendor  consideration.  Since  collections  occur  primarily  from  deducting  the 
consideration  from  the  amounts  due  to  the  vendor,  the  Company  does  not  experience  significant  collectability  issues.  The 
Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  its  vendor  receivables  based  on  specific  vendor  information  and  vendor  collection 
history.

Inventories—The Company’s inventories, consisting mainly of food and other food-related products, are primarily considered 
finished  goods.  Inventory  costs  include  the  purchase  price  of  the  product,  freight  costs  to  deliver  it  to  the  Company’s 
distribution and retail facilities, and depreciation and labor related to processing facilities and equipment, and are net of certain 
cash  or  non-cash  consideration  received  from  vendors.  The  Company  assesses  the  need  for  valuation  allowances  for  slow-
moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, 
inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.

The Company records inventories at the lower of cost or market primarily using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, except 
for  Smart  Foodservice,  as  further  described  in  Note  5,  Business  Acquisitions,  which  uses  the  retail  method  of  inventory 

43

accounting. For our LIFO based inventories, the base year values of beginning and ending inventories are determined using the 
inventory  price  index  computation  method.  This  “links”  current  costs  to  original  costs  in  the  base  year  when  the  Company 
adopted LIFO. As of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, LIFO reserves in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets 
were  $489  million  and  $342  million,  respectively.  As  a  result  of  changes  in  LIFO  reserves,  cost  of  goods  sold  increased 
$147 million, $165 million and $25 million in fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Property  and  Equipment—Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  is  calculated 
using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  which  range  from  3  to  40  years.  Property  and 
equipment  under  financing  leases  and  leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the 
remaining term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Routine  maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  Applicable  interest  charges  incurred  during  the 
construction of new facilities or development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are 
amortized over the useful life of the respective assets.

Property  and  equipment  held  and  used  by  the  Company  are  tested  for  recoverability  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating 
the  recoverability  of  property  and  equipment,  the  Company  compares  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  or  asset  group  to  the 
estimated,  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  long-lived  asset  or  asset  group.  If  the  future  cash 
flows  do  not  exceed  the  carrying  value,  the  carrying  value  is  compared  to  the  fair  value  of  such  asset.  If  the  carrying  value 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

The  Company  also  assesses  the  recoverability  of  its  vacant  land  and  closed  facilities  actively  marketed  for  sale.  If  an  asset’s 
carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. Assets held 
for sale are not depreciated.

Impairments  resulting  from  restructuring  activities  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  restructuring  costs  and  asset  impairment 
charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and a reduction of the asset’s carrying value in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill includes the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the 
tangible  and  other  intangible  net  assets  acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  amortizable  trade 
names, the brand names comprising the Company’s portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. Brand names and trademarks 
are indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization, but are subject to impairment assessments 
as described below.

The Company assesses goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if 
events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is 
to assess for impairment as of the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For intangible assets with definite lives, the Company 
assesses impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The reporting 
unit used in assessing goodwill impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 24, and all goodwill is 
assigned to the consolidated Company.

Impairments are recorded as a component of restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the Company’s Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  and  a  reduction  of  the  asset’s  carrying  value  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.

Self-Insurance  Programs—The  Company  estimates  its  liabilities  for  claims  covering  general,  fleet,  and  workers’ 
compensation. Amounts in excess of certain levels, which range from $1 million to $10 million per occurrence, are insured as a 
risk  reduction  strategy  to  mitigate  catastrophic  losses.  The  workers’  compensation  liability  is  discounted,  as  the  amount  and 
timing of cash payments is reliably determinable given the nature of benefits and the level of historic claim volume to support 
the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment pattern. The amount accrued is discounted 
using  an  interest  rate  that  approximates  the  U.S.  Treasury  rate  consistent  with  the  duration  of  the  liability.  The  inherent 
uncertainty of future loss projections could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates. 

We are primarily self-insured for group medical claims not covered under multiemployer health plans covering certain of our 
union-represented employees. The Company accrues its self-insured medical liability, including an estimate for incurred but not 
reported  claims,  based  on  known  claims  and  past  claims  history.  These  accruals  are  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other 
current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share-Based  Compensation—The  Company  measures  compensation  expense  for  share-based  awards  at  fair  value  as  of  the 
date  of  grant,  and  recognizes  compensation  expense  over  the  service  period  for  awards,  and  as  applicable  based  upon 
predetermined  financial  performance  conditions  for  performance  share-based  awards.  Forfeitures  are  recognized  as  incurred. 
Fair value of each Option is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the fair value of all 
other  awards  is  the  closing  price  per  share  for  the  Company’s  common  stock  as  reported  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange. 
Prior to the Company’s 2016 initial public offering, the grant date fair value of share-based awards was measured as of the end 

44

of each fiscal quarter using the combination of a market and income approach. The fair value was applied to all stock and stock 
award  activity  in  the  subsequent  fiscal  quarter.  Shares  issued  as  a  result  of  stock  options  exercises  will  be  funded  with  the 
issuance of new shares.

Compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan, which allows eligible employees to purchase our common 
stock  at  a  discount  of  15%  represents  the  difference  between  the  fair  market  value  as  of  acquisition  date  and  the  employee 
purchase price.

Treasury Stock— The company records treasury stock purchases at cost. 

Business  Acquisitions—The  Company  accounts  for  business  acquisitions  under  the  acquisition  method.  Assets  acquired  and 
liabilities  assumed  are  recorded  at  fair  value  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  The  operating  results  of  the  acquired  companies  are 
included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Cost  of  Goods  Sold—Cost  of  goods  sold  includes  amounts  paid  to  vendors  for  products  sold,  net  of  vendor  consideration, 
including  in-bound  freight  necessary  to  bring  the  products  to  the  Company’s  distribution  facilities.  Depreciation  related  to 
processing  facilities  and  equipment  is  presented  in  cost  of  goods  sold.  Because  the  majority  of  the  inventories  are  finished 
goods, depreciation related to warehouse facilities and equipment is presented in distribution, selling and administrative costs. 
See “Inventories” above for discussion of the LIFO impact on cost of goods sold.

Shipping and Handling Costs—Shipping and handling costs, which include costs related to the selection of products and their 
delivery  to  customers,  are  presented  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs.  Shipping  and  handling  costs  were 
$2.3 billion, $2.0 billion, and $1.7 billion in fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires the recognition of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is 
recognized in income during the period that includes the enactment date. Net deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent the 
Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An  uncertain  tax  position  is  recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination, 
including  resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.  Uncertain  tax  positions  are 
recorded  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained.  The  Company  adjusts  the  amounts  recorded  for 
uncertain  tax  positions  when  its  judgment  changes,  as  a  result  of  evaluating  new  information  not  previously  available.  These 
differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense (benefit) in the period in which they are determined.

Derivative  Financial  Instruments—The  Company  has  utilized  derivative  financial  instruments  to  assist  in  managing  its 
exposure  to  variable  interest  rates  on  certain  borrowings.  The  Company  does  not  enter  into  derivatives  or  other  financial 
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company is not currently party to any interest rate swap agreements.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward purchase agreements to procure fuel, electricity and product 
commodities related to its business. These agreements often meet the definition of a derivative. However, the Company does not 
measure its forward purchase commitments at fair value as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the 
normal purchase exception.

Concentration Risks—Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds at major 
financial institutions. The account balances at these institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) 
insurance coverage, and as a result, there may be a concentration of risk related to amounts invested in excess of FDIC insurance 
coverage.  Credit  risk  related  to  accounts  receivable  is  dispersed  across  a  significantly  large  number  of  customers  located 
throughout the U.S. The Company attempts to reduce credit risk through initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ 
financial  condition.  There  were  no  receivables  from  any  one  customer  representing  more  than  5%  of  our  consolidated  gross 
accounts receivable as of December 31, 2022.

3.  RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In  August  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No. 
2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for 
convertible  instruments  by  removing  the  separation  models  for  (1)  convertible  debt  with  a  cash  conversion  feature  and  (2) 
convertible  instruments  with  a  beneficial  conversion  feature.  As  a  result,  convertible  debt  will  be  accounted  for  as  a  single 
liability measured at its amortized cost. Additionally, the new guidance requires the application of the if-converted method to 
calculate  the  impact  of  convertible  instruments  on  diluted  earnings  per  share.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 

45

beginning  after  December  15,  2021.  The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  ASU  No.  2020-06  at  the  beginning  of  the  first 
quarter of fiscal year 2022, with no impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or diluted earnings per 
share reporting.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08 Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts 
with  Customers,  which  amends  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  805  to  require  an  acquirer  to,  at  the  date  of 
acquisition,  recognize  and  measure  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  acquired  in  accordance  with  ASU  2014-9,  Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with 
early adoption permitted, and is to be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after adoption of the new 
guidance. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2021-08 at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2022, 
with no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

4.  REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when a customer obtains control 
of the promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration which the Company expects to 
be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from the 
distribution  and  sale  of  food  and  food-related  products  and  recognizes  revenue  when  title  and  risk  of  loss  passes  and  the 
customer accepts the goods, which occurs at delivery. Customer sales incentives such as volume-based rebates or discounts are 
treated  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  at  the  time  the  revenue  is  recognized.  Sales  taxes  invoiced  to  customers  and  remitted  to 
governmental authorities are excluded from net sales. Shipping and handling costs are treated as fulfillment costs and included 
in distribution, selling and administrative costs. 

The  Company  did  not  have  any  material  outstanding  performance  obligations,  contract  liabilities  or  capitalized  contract 
acquisition costs as of December 31, 2022 or January 1, 2022. Customer receivables, which are included in accounts receivable, 
less allowances for doubtful accounts in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion as of 
December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively. 

The  Company  has  certain  customer  contracts  under  which  incentives  are  paid  upfront  to  its  customers.  These  payments  have 
become  industry  practice  and  are  not  related  to  financing  any  customer’s  business,  nor  are  these  costs  associated  with  any 
distinct good or service to be received from any customer. These incentive payments are capitalized in prepaid expenses and 
other assets and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the life of the contract or as goods or services are transferred to the 
customer.  The  Company’s  contract  assets  for  these  upfront  payments  were  $29  million  and  $27  million  included  in  prepaid 
expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively, and $31 
million and $26 million included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 
January 1, 2022, respectively.

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue for each of the Company’s principal product categories:

Meats and seafood
Dry grocery products
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products
Dairy
Equipment, disposables and supplies
Produce

Beverage products
Total Net sales

5.  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS 

$ 

2022

2021

2020

12,375  $ 
5,758 
5,253 
3,564 
3,536 

1,840 
1,731 

11,245  $ 
4,979 
4,453 
2,801 
3,090 

1,454 
1,465 

8,131 
3,931 
3,583 
2,394 
2,455 

1,205 
1,186 

$ 

34,057  $ 

29,487  $ 

22,885 

Smart  Foodservice  Acquisition—On  April  24,  2020,  USF  completed  the  acquisition  of  Smart  Stores  Holding  Corp.,  a 
Delaware  corporation  (“Smart  Foodservice”),  from  funds  managed  by  affiliates  of  Apollo  Global  Management,  Inc.  Total 
consideration paid at the closing of the acquisition (net of cash acquired) was $972 million. At the time of the acquisition, Smart 
Foodservice  operated  70  small-format  cash  and  carry  stores  across  California,  Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Utah,  and 
Washington that serve small and mid-sized restaurants and other food business customers. The acquisition of Smart Foodservice 
expanded the Company’s cash and carry business in the West and Northwest parts of the U.S.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
USF financed the Smart Foodservice acquisition with a $700 million incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in April 
2020 (the “2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility”), and with cash on hand. The assets, liabilities and results of operations of 
Smart Foodservice have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date the acquisition was 
completed.

The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation recognized for the Smart Foodservice acquisition as of April 
24,  2020.  The  decrease  in  goodwill  from  January  2,  2021  to  January  1,  2022  was  due  to  the  finalization  of  deferred  income 
taxes associated with the acquisition in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021.

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Other current assets

Property and equipment
Goodwill(1)
Other intangibles(2)
Other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Deferred income taxes

Other long-term liabilities, including financing leases

Cash paid for acquisition

Purchase Price 
Allocation

$ 

$ 

5 

43 

24 

84 

895 

14 

145 

(38) 

(32) 

(8) 

(160) 

972 

(1)  Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, as well as expected synergies 

from the combined company. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(2)  Other intangibles consist of a trade name of $14 million with an estimated useful life of approximately 1 year.

Smart  Foodservice  acquisition  and  integration  related  costs  included  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs  in  the 
Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income were $16 million, $15 million, and $21 million during fiscal 
years 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Pro Forma Financial Information—The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated net sales, 
net  income  and  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  for  fiscal  year  2020.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  presents  the 
combined results of operations as if the acquisition and related financing of Smart Foodservice had occurred as of December 
30, 2018 which date represents the first day of the Company’s fiscal year that preceded the year of acquisition.

Pro forma net sales

Pro forma net loss available to common shareholders

Pro forma net loss per share:

Basic

Diluted

2020
(Unaudited)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

23,258 

(225) 

(1.02) 

(1.02) 

The unaudited pro forma financial information above includes adjustments for: (1) incremental depreciation expense related to 
fair value increases of certain acquired property and equipment, (2) amortization expense related to the fair value of amortizable 
intangible assets acquired, (3) interest expense related to the term loan facilities and revolving credit facilities used to finance 
the acquisitions, (4) the elimination of acquisition-related costs that were included in the Company’s historical results, and (5) 
adjustments  to  the  income  tax  provision  based  on  pro  forma  results  of  operations.  No  effect  has  been  given  to  potential 
synergies,  operating  efficiencies  or  costs  arising  from  the  integration  of  Smart  Foodservice  with  our  previously  existing 
operations  or  the  standalone  cost  estimates  and  estimated  costs  incurred  by  their  former  respective  parent  companies. 
Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have 
been achieved had the pro forma events taken place on the date indicated. Further, the pro forma financial information does not 
purport to project the Company’s future consolidated results of operations following the acquisitions.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS 

Since mid-March 2020, our business has been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Due to the impact that the 
COVID-19  pandemic  was  expected  to  have  on  our  customers,  particularly  our  restaurant  and  hospitality  customers,  and  to 
reflect  the  increased  collection  risk  associated  with  our  customers,  we  significantly  increased  our  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts  in  2020.  Since  that  initial  charge  in  2020,  due  to  more  favorable  than  anticipated  collections  on  our  pre-COVID-19 
accounts  receivable,  we  reduced  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  All  pre-COVID-19  accounts  receivable  have  been 
collected or written off by the end of fiscal year 2022.

A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the last three fiscal years is as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year

Charged (benefit) to costs and expenses, net

Adoption of ASU 2016-13

Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries

Balance as of end of year

2022

2021

2020

$ 

33  $ 

6 

— 

(9)   

30  $ 

$ 

67  $ 

(24)   

— 

(10)   

33  $ 

30 

63 

1 

(27) 

67 

This table excludes the vendor receivable related allowance for doubtful accounts of $8 million, $7 million, and $5 million as of 
December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and January 2, 2021, respectively.

At the beginning of fiscal year 2020, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments-Credit Losses 
(Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments,  which  resulted  in  the  recording  of  a  cumulative-effect 
adjustment to retained earnings of $1 million.

7.  ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The Company classifies its vacant land and closed facilities as assets held for sale at the time management commits to a plan to 
sell the asset, the asset is actively marketed and available for immediate sale, and the sale is expected to be completed within 
one  year.  Due  to  market  conditions,  certain  assets  may  be  classified  as  assets  held  for  sale  for  more  than  one  year  as  the 
Company continues to actively market the assets.

During fiscal year 2022, no excess facilities or vacant land previously held for future use were transferred to assets held for sale. 
The Company sold vacant land for cash proceeds of $5 million, resulting in a gain on sale of $2 million, which was included in 
distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  The 
Company also sold one excess facility for aggregate cash proceeds of $1 million which approximated the carrying value.

During fiscal year 2021, two excess facilities and vacant land previously held for future use were transferred to assets held for 
sale. The Company sold one facility for cash proceeds of $4 million, which approximated the carrying value.

The changes in assets held for sale for fiscal years 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year
Transfers in
Assets sold
Balance as of end of the year

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

8  $ 
— 
(6)   
2  $ 

1 
11 
(4) 
8 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 consisted of the following:

Land
Buildings and building improvements
Transportation equipment
Warehouse equipment
Office equipment, furniture and software
Construction in process

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment—net

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

Range of
Useful Lives

$ 

$ 

397  $ 

1,713 
1,340 
569 
1,056 
77 
5,152 
(2,981)   
2,171  $ 

379 

1,508  5–40 years
1,250  5–10 years
520  5–12 years
933  3–7 years
165 
4,755 
(2,722) 
2,033 

Transportation  equipment  included  $575  million  and  $537  million  of  financing  lease  assets  as  of  December  31,  2022  and 
January  1,  2022,  respectively.  Office  equipment,  furniture  and  software  included  $5  million  of  financing  lease  assets  as  of 
December 31, 2022. Buildings and building improvements included $78 million and $15 million of financing lease assets as of 
December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022. Accumulated amortization of financing lease assets was $263 million and $261 million 
as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively. Interest capitalized was not material in both fiscal years 2022 and 
2021. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  property  and  equipment,  including  amortization  of  financing  lease  assets,  was 
$327 million, $323 million and $343 million for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

9.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill  includes  the  cost  of  acquired  businesses  in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and  other  intangible  net  assets 
acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  amortizable  trade  names,  the  brand  names  comprising  the 
Company’s  portfolio  of  exclusive  brands,  and  trademarks.  Brand  names  and  trademarks  are  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets 
and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization, but are subject to impairment assessments as described below.

Customer relationships and amortizable trade names are intangible assets with definite lives, and are carried at the acquired fair 
value  less  accumulated  amortization.  Customer  relationships  and  amortizable  trade  names  are  amortized  over  the  estimated 
useful  lives  (which  range  from  approximately  3  to  15  years).  Amortization  expense  was  $45  million,  $55  million  and  $79 
million  for  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  weighted-average  remaining  useful  life  of  all  definite  lived 
intangibles  was  approximately  nine  years  as  of  December  31,  2022.  Amortization  of  these  definite  lived  intangible  assets  is 
estimated  to  be  $44  million  for  each  of  fiscal  years  2023,  2024,  2025,  2026,  and  2027,  and  $294  million  in  the  aggregate 
thereafter. 

Goodwill and other intangibles—net consisted of the following:

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

Goodwill
Other intangibles—net

Customer relationships—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization
Net carrying value
Trade names—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization
Net carrying value
Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing

Total other intangibles—net

$ 

$ 

5,625  $ 

5,625 

655  $ 
(144)   
511 

4 
(1)   
3 
271 

655 
(99) 
556 

4 
(1) 
3 
271 

830 

$ 

785  $ 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company assesses for impairment of intangible assets with definite lives only if events occur that indicate that the carrying 
amount  of  an  intangible  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  assesses  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill 
and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess for impairment as of the beginning of each fiscal third 
quarter.  The  Company  completed  its  most  recent  annual  impairment  assessment  for  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets as of the first day of the third quarter of fiscal year 2022, with no impairments noted.

For goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 24, 
Business  Information.  The  Company  performed  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  assessment  using  a  qualitative  approach  to 
determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  In  performing  the 
qualitative  assessment,  the  Company  identified  and  considered  the  significance  of  relevant  key  factors,  events,  and 
circumstances  that  affect  the  fair  value  of  its  goodwill.  These  factors  include  external  factors  such  as  market  conditions, 
macroeconomic, and industry, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. Based upon 
the Company’s qualitative fiscal 2022 annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company concluded that it is more likely than 
not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value and there is no risk of impairment.

The Company’s fair value estimates of the brand names and trademarks indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief 
from royalty method. The fair value of these intangible assets is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. 
If the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. 
Key assumptions used in the relief from royalty method included the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate 
for  such  revenue,  and  a  discount  rate.  These  assumptions  require  significant  judgment  by  management,  and  are  therefore 
considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Based upon the Company’s fiscal year 2022 annual impairment analysis, 
the Company concluded the fair value of its brand names and trademarks exceeded its carrying value.

During fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as 
part  of  an  earlier  acquisition.  As  a  result  of  the  rebranding  initiatives,  the  Company  recognized  an  impairment  charge  of 
$7 million, which was included in restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements 
of  Comprehensive  Income.  The  remaining  carrying  value  of  the  acquired  trade  name  of  $3  million  was  reclassified  to  trade 
names—amortizable  and  will  be  amortized  with  an  estimated  remaining  useful  life  of  10  years.  No  other  impairments  were 
noted as part of the annual impairment assessment for fiscal year 2021.

Due to the adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal year 2020 on forecasted earnings and the discount rate utilized 
in our valuation models, the Company recognized impairment charges of $9 million related to two trade names acquired as part 
of an earlier acquisition. 

Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, 
differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods.

10.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP, under which fair value is a market-based measurement, not an 
entity-specific  measurement.  The  Company’s  fair  value  measurements  are  based  on  the  assumptions  that  market  participants 
would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, 
fair  value  accounting  standards  establish  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  value  as 
follows:

•

•

•

Level 1—observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in 
active  or  inactive  markets  that  are  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data

Level 3—unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its 
own assumptions

Any transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be recognized as of 
the  end  of  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  transfer  occurs.  There  were  no  transfers  between  fair  value  levels  in  any  of  the 
periods presented below.

50

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, 
aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall, were as follows:

December 31, 2022

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Assets

Assets

Money market funds

$ 

139  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

139 

January 1, 2022

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Money market funds

$ 

99  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

99 

There  were  no  significant  assets  or  liabilities  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis, except as further disclosed in Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Money Market Funds

Money  market  funds  include  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  or  fewer  months.  These  funds  are 
valued using quoted market prices in active markets and are classified under Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The  Company  has  in  the  past,  and  may  in  the  future,  use  interest  rate  swaps,  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges,  to  manage  its 
exposure to interest rate movements in connection with its variable-rate debt. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had no 
outstanding interest rate swap agreements.

On July 31, 2021, a four-year interest rate swap with a notional value of $550 million expired. Gains and losses on the interest 
rate swaps are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to interest expense during the period 
in which the hedged transaction affects income. The following table presents the effect of the Company’s interest rate swaps in 
its  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2022,  January  1,  2022,  and 
January 2, 2021:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

Interest rate swaps

For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2022

Interest rate swaps

For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021

Interest rate swaps

Other Fair Value Measurements

Amount of (Loss) 
Gain Recognized in 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net of tax

Location of Amounts 
Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss

Amount of (Gain) 
Loss Reclassified 
from Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss to Income,
net of tax

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

Interest expense—net

— 

Interest expense—net

(8)  Interest expense—net

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

5 

5 

The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, vendor receivables, cash overdraft liability and accounts payable approximate 
their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  total  debt  approximated  $4.6  billion,  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of  $4.8  billion  as  of 
December  31,  2022.  The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  total  debt  approximated  $5.1  billion  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of 
$5.0 billion as of January 1, 2022. 

The fair value of the Company’s 4.625% unsecured senior notes due June 1, 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030”) was 
$0.4 billion and $0.5 billion as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s 4.75% 
unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”) was $0.8 billion and $0.9 billion as of 
December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s 6.25% senior secured notes due April 
15, 2025 (the “Secured Senior Notes due 2025”) was $1.0 billion as of both December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022. The Fair 
value of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, and the Secured Senior Notes due 2025 is 
based  upon  their  closing  market  prices  on  the  respective  dates.  The  fair  value  of  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2030,  the 

51

Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2029,  and  the  Secured  Senior  Notes  due  2025  is  classified  under  Level  2  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy. The fair value of the balance of the Company’s debt is primarily classified under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, 
with fair value estimated based upon a combination of the cash outflows expected under these debt facilities, interest rates that 
are currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, and estimates of the Company’s overall credit risk. 

11.  DEBT

Total debt consisted of the following:

Debt Description
ABL Facility
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $19 
and $25 of unamortized deferred financing
costs, respectively)

2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $6 
and $7 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively)
Secured Senior Notes due 2025 (net of $7 and $11 
of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
      respectively)
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 (net of $7 and 
$8 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively)
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (net of $4 and 
$5 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively) 
Obligations under financing leases

Other debt

Total debt

Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt

Maturity
December 7, 2027
September 13, 2026

Interest Rate as of 
December 31, 2022
—%
6.38%

Carrying Value as of 
December 31, 2022

Carrying Value as of 
January 1, 2022

$ 

—  $ 

1,232 

— 
1,442 

November 22, 2028

7.13%

April 15, 2025

6.25%

February 15, 2029

4.75%

June 1, 2030

4.625%

2023–2040

1.26% -8.08%

January 1, 2031

5.75%

786 

993 

893 

496 

446 

8 

4,854 

(116) 

$ 

4,738  $ 

893 

989 

892 

495 

292 

8 

5,011 

(95) 

4,916 

As of December 31, 2022, approximately 42% of the Company’s total debt bears interest at a floating rate.

Principal payments to be made on outstanding debt, exclusive of deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022, were as 
follows:

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

$ 

$ 

116 
113 
1,097 
1,278 
65 
2,228 
4,897 

ABL Facility 
On December 7, 2022, USF entered into an amendment to its asset based senior secured revolving credit facility (the “ABL 
Facility”). Pursuant to this amendment, the total aggregate amount of commitments under the ABL facility was increased from 
$1,990 million to $2,300 million. The amendment also replaced the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) interest rate 
benchmark with a forward-looking term rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as administered by the 
Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as determined in accordance with the ABL Facility. Extensions of credit under the ABL 
Facility are subject to availability under a borrowing base comprised of various percentages of the value of eligible accounts 
receivable, inventory, transportation equipment and certain unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, which, along with other 
assets, also serve as collateral for borrowings under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is now scheduled to mature on 
December 7, 2027, subject to a springing maturity date in the event that more than $300 million of aggregate principal amount 
of earlier maturing indebtedness under USF’s Term Loan Credit Agreement or any of USF’s Secured Senior Notes due 2025, 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 or Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Senior Notes”) (described below) remains 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outstanding on a date that is sixty (60) days prior to such earlier maturity date for such indebtedness under the Term Loan 
Credit Agreement or any of such Senior Notes.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at USF’s periodic election, at a rate equal to the sum of an alternative base 
rate (“ABR”), as described under the ABL Facility, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%, or the sum of a SOFR plus a 
margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.50% and a credit spread adjustment of 0.10%, in each case based on USF’s excess availability 
under the ABL Facility. The margin under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 2022, was 0.00% for ABR loans and 1.00% for 
SOFR loans. The ABL Facility also carries letter of credit financing fees equal to 0.125% per annum in respect of each letter of 
credit  outstanding,  letter  of  credit  participation  fees  equal  to  a  percentage  per  annum  equal  to  the  applicable  LIBOR  margin 
minus the letter of credit facing fees in respect of each letter of credit outstanding and a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum 
on the average unused amount of the commitments under the ABL Facility. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding 
borrowings for the ABL Facility was 2.87% and 3.25% for fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Company incurred $4 million of third party costs in connection with the ABL Facility amendment which were capitalized 
as  deferred  financing  costs  recorded  in  other  assets  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  These  deferred  financing 
costs, along with $3 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the former asset based senior secured revolving 
credit facility, will be amortized through December 7, 2027, the ABL Facility maturity date.

USF had no outstanding borrowings, and had outstanding letters of credit totaling $462 million, under the ABL Facility as of 
December  31,  2022.  The  outstanding  letters  of  credit  are  entered  into  in  favor  of  certain  commercial  insurers  to  secure 
obligations with respect to our insurance programs and certain real estate leases, under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 
2022. There was available capacity of $1,838 million under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 2022.

Term Loan Facilities

The  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016  (as  amended,  the  “Term  Loan  Credit 
Agreement”), provides USF with an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental 
Term Loan Facility”), an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in November 2021 (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan 
Facility”) and the right to request additional incremental senior secured term loan commitments. 

2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility

The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $1,232  million,  net  of  $19  million  of  unamortized 
deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. During fiscal year 2022 we voluntarily prepaid $200 million of the 2019 
Incremental Term Loan Facility.

Borrowings under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either 
the  sum  of  LIBOR  plus  a  margin  of  2.00%,  or  the  sum  of  an  ABR,  as  described  under  the  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan 
Facility, plus a margin of 1.00% (subject to a LIBOR “floor” of 0.00%).

The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  is  scheduled  to  mature  on  September  13,  2026.  Borrowings  under  the  2019 
Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs 
related  to  prepayments  of  LIBOR-based  borrowings.  The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  may  require  mandatory 
repayments if certain assets are sold.

2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility

The  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $786  million,  net  of  $6  million  of  unamortized 
deferred financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. During fiscal year 2022 we voluntarily prepaid $100 million of the 2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility.

Borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either 
the  sum  of  LIBOR  plus  a  margin  of  2.75%,  or  the  sum  of  an  ABR,  as  described  under  the  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan 
Facility, plus a margin of 1.75% (subject to a LIBOR “floor” of 0.00%).

The  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  is  scheduled  to  mature  on  November  22,  2028.  Borrowings  under  the  2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs 
related  to  prepayments  of  LIBOR-based  borrowings  The  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  may  require  mandatory 
repayments if certain assets are sold.

Secured Senior Notes due 2025

As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Secured  Senior  Notes  due  2025  had  a  carrying  value  of  $993  million,  net  of  $7  million  of 
unamortized deferred financing costs. The Secured Senior Notes due 2025 bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum and will 
mature on April 15, 2025. On or after April 15, 2022, the Secured Senior Notes due 2025 are redeemable, at USF’s option, in 

53

whole  or  in  part  at  a  price  of  103.125%  of  the  remaining  principal,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to,  but  not 
including, the applicable redemption date. On or after April 15, 2023 and April 15, 2024, the optional redemption price for the 
Secured  Senior  Notes  due  2025  declines  to  101.563%  and  100.000%,  respectively,  of  the  remaining  principal  amount,  plus 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. 

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 had an outstanding balance of $893 million, net of $7 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 bear interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and 
will  mature  on  February  15,  2029.  On  or  after  February  15,  2024,  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2029  are  redeemable,  at 
USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.375% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, 
but not including, the applicable redemption date. On or after February 15, 2025 and February 15, 2026, the optional redemption 
price for the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 declines to 101.188% and 100.000%, respectively, of the remaining principal 
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. 

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 had an outstanding balance of $496 million, net of $4 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 31, 2022. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.625% per annum 
and  will  mature  on  June  1,  2030.  On  or  after  June  1,  2025,  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2030  are  redeemable,  at  USF’s 
option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.313% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including,  the  applicable  redemption  date.  On  or  after  June  1,  2026  and  June  1,  2027,  the  optional  redemption  price  for  the 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 declines to 101.156% and 100.000%, respectively, of the remaining principal amount, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Financing Leases—Obligations under financing leases of $446 million as of December 31, 2022 consist primarily of amounts 
due for transportation equipment and building leases.

Security Interests

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets  are  pledged  under  the  various  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness.  The  ABL 
Facility  is  secured  by  certain  designated  receivables,  as  well  as  inventory  and  certain  owned  transportation  equipment  and 
certain unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, the lenders under the ABL Facility have a second priority interest in 
all of the capital stock of USF and its subsidiaries and substantially all other non-real estate assets of USF and its subsidiaries. 
USF’s obligations under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility are secured by 
all the capital stock of USF and its subsidiaries and substantially all the non-real estate assets of USF. Additionally, the lenders 
under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility have a second priority interest in 
the inventory and certain transportation equipment pledged under the ABL Facility.

Debt Covenants 

The  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  contain  customary  covenants.  These  include,  among  other  things,  covenants  that 
restrict our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers 
or consolidations. USF had approximately $1.6 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately 
$2.9 billion of its net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances 
that eliminate in consolidation as of December 31, 2022.

The  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  also  contain  customary  events  of  default.  Those  include,  without  limitation,  the 
failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations 
and warranties contained in the agreements to be true when made, and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs 
and remains uncured, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed, may 
be declared immediately due and payable. Were such an event to occur, the Company would be forced to seek new financing 
that  may  not  be  on  as  favorable  terms  as  its  existing  debt.  The  Company’s  ability  to  refinance  its  indebtedness  on  favorable 
terms, or at all, is directly affected by the then prevailing economic and financial conditions. In addition, the Company’s ability 
to  incur  secured  indebtedness  (which  may  enable  it  to  achieve  more  favorable  terms  than  the  incurrence  of  unsecured 
indebtedness) depends in part on the value of its assets. This, in turn, is dependent on the strength of its cash flows, results of 
operations, economic and market conditions, and other factors.

54

2021 Refinancing Activities

In February 2021, USF completed a private offering of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 and used the proceeds, together 
with cash on hand, to redeem all of the Company’s then outstanding 5.875% Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2024”), and repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility. In 
connection  with  the  repayment  of  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2024  and  the  2020  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility,  the 
Company  applied  debt  extinguishment  accounting  and  recorded  $23  million  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income, consisting of a $14 million write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 
redeemed facilities and a $9 million early redemption premium related to the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024. 

In November 2021, USF entered into the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and completed a private offering of Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2030 and used the proceeds and cash on hand, to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial 
Term  Loan  Facility.  In  connection  with  the  repayment  of  the  Initial  Term  Loan  Facility,  the  Company  applied  debt 
extinguishment  accounting  and  recorded  $2  million  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income, 
primarily consisting of a write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Initial Term Loan Facility. 

12.  ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

Salary, wages and bonus expenses
Operating expenses
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability
Group medical liability
Customer rebates and other selling expenses
Property and sales tax payable
Operating lease liability
Interest payable
Other

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities:

Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability
Operating lease liability
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Uncertain tax positions
Other

Total Other long-term liabilities

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

205  $ 
93 
41 
33 
125 
49 
36 
33 
35 
650  $ 

145  $ 
246 
5 
32 
18 
446  $ 

156 
82 
41 
28 
116 
47 
36 
34 
70 
610 

151 
244 
6 
31 
47 
479 

Self-Insured Liabilities —The Company is self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. 
Claims  in  excess  of  certain  levels  are  insured  by  external  parties.  The  workers’  compensation  liability,  included  in  the  table 
above under “Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability,” is recorded at present value. This table summarizes 
self-insurance liability activity for the last three fiscal years:

2022

2021

2020

Balance as of beginning of the year

Charged to costs and expenses

Acquisition

Reinsurance recoverable

Payments

Balance as of end of the year

Discount rate

Estimated future payments for self-insured liabilities are as follows:

55

$ 

192 

107 

— 

2 

(115) 

$ 

186 

$ 

$ 

175 

$ 

95 

— 

7 

(85) 

192 

$ 

165 

83 

3 

2 

(78) 

175 

 4.25 %

 0.49 %

 0.15 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total self-insured liability
Less amount representing interest
Present value of self-insured liability

$ 

$ 

13.  RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES 

The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring liabilities for the last three fiscal years:

Balance as of December 28, 2019

     Current period costs

     Payments, net

Balance as of January 2, 2021
     Current period costs (benefits)

     Payments, net

Balance as of January 1, 2022
     Current period costs

     Payments, net

Balance as of December 31, 2022

Severance and 
Related Costs

Facility Closing 
Costs

$ 

$ 

1 

27 

(27) 

1 

5 

(3) 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

$ 

$ 

— 

3 

(2) 

1 

(1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total

$ 

$ 

44 
39 
21 
15 
11 
73 
203 
(17) 
186 

1 

30 

(29) 

2 

4 

(3) 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  may  implement  initiatives  or  close  or  consolidate  facilities  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs  and 
improve operating effectiveness. In connection with these activities, the Company may incur various costs including severance 
and other employee-related separation costs.

2022 Activities

During fiscal year 2022, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $3 million for severance and related costs associated with 
support office work force reductions.

2021 Activities

During fiscal year 2021, the Company incurred net restructuring costs of $4 million for severance and related costs associated 
with the closure of an excess facility and initiatives to improve operational effectiveness. 

2020 Activities

During fiscal year 2020, in order to adjust its cost structure in line with the decrease in Net sales caused by the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic on the operations of our restaurant, hospitality and education customers, the Company reduced its work 
force, and separately closed two facilities, incurring net restructuring costs of $30 million.

See Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, for discussion related to asset impairment charges incurred during fiscal years 2021 
and 2020.

14.  CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On May 6, 2020 (the “Issuance Date”), pursuant to the terms of an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with 
KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which agreement was joined on February 25, 2021 by permitted 
transferee KKR Fresh Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“KKR”), the Company issued and sold 500,000 shares of 
the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to KKR Fresh 
Aggregator L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $500 million, or $1,000 per share (the “Issuance”). The Company used the 
net  proceeds  from  the  Issuance  for  working  capital  and  general  corporate  purposes.  In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Certificate of Designations”), the Company paid dividends on 
the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in the form of (a) 5,288; 8,842; 8,997 and 9,154 shares of Series A Preferred Stock on 
June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021, respectively, plus a de minimis amount in cash in 
lieu of fractional shares and (b) cash in the amount of $28 million in the aggregate during subsequent quarters in fiscal year 
2021 (c) cash in the amount of $37 million during fiscal year 2022.

The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  ranks  senior  to  the  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  (the 
“Common  Stock”),  with  respect  to  dividend  rights  and  rights  on  the  distribution  of  assets  on  any  voluntary  or  involuntary 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference 
of  $1,000  per  share.  Holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  a  cumulative  dividend  at  the  rate  of  7.0%  per 
annum. If the Company does not declare and pay a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock, the dividend rate will increase by 
3.0% to 10.0% per annum until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid in full. Dividends are payable in kind through 
the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the first four dividend payments following the Issuance Date, 
and thereafter, in cash or in kind, or a combination of both, at the option of the Company. 

The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holders thereof at any time into shares of Common Stock at an 
initial  conversion  price  of  $21.50  per  share  and  an  initial  conversion  rate  of  46.5116  shares  of  Common  Stock  per  share  of 
Series A Preferred Stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments set forth in the Certificate of Designations. At any time 
after  May  6,  2023  (the  third  anniversary  of  the  Issuance  Date),  if  the  volume  weighted  average  price  of  the  Common  Stock 
exceeds  $43.00  per  share,  as  may  be  adjusted  pursuant  to  the  Certificate  of  Designations,  for  at  least  20  trading  days  in  any 
period of 30 consecutive trading days, at the election of the Company, all of the Series A Preferred Stock will be convertible 
into the relevant number of shares of Common Stock.

At any time after May 6, 2025 (the fifth anniversary of the Issuance Date), the Company may redeem some or all of the Series 
A Preferred Stock for a per share amount in cash equal to: (i) the sum of (x) 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus (y) 
all accrued and unpaid dividends, multiplied by (ii) (A) 105% if the redemption occurs at any time after the fifth anniversary of 
the Issuance Date and prior to the sixth anniversary of the Issuance Date, (B) 103% if the redemption occurs at any time after 
May 6, 2026 (the sixth anniversary of the Issuance Date) and prior to May 6, 2027 (the seventh anniversary of the Issuance 
Date), and (C) 100% if the redemption occurs at any time after May 6, 2027 (the seventh anniversary of the Issuance Date).

Upon  certain  change  of  control  events  involving  the  Company,  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  must  either  (i) 
convert  their  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  into  Common  Stock  at  the  then-current  conversion  price  or  (ii)  cause  the 
Company to redeem their shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an amount in cash equal to 100% of the liquidation preference 
thereof plus all accrued but unpaid dividends. If any such change of control event occurs on or before May 6, 2025 (the fifth 
anniversary  of  the  Issuance  Date),  the  Company  will  also  be  required  to  pay  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  a 
“make-whole” premium of 5%.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock on an as-converted basis. 
Holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  also  entitled  to  a  separate  class  vote  with  respect  to,  among  other  things, 
amendments  to  the  Company’s  organizational  documents  that  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock, 
authorization  or  issuances  by  the  Company  of  securities  that  are  senior  to,  or  equal  in  priority  with,  the  Series  A  Preferred 
Stock, increases or decreases in the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and issuances of shares of Series 
A Preferred Stock after the Issuance Date, other than shares issued as in-kind dividends with respect to shares of the Series A 
Preferred Stock issued after the Issuance Date.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  the  outstanding  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  associated  carrying  value  for 
fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020:

Balance, December 28, 2019

Shares issued for cash - Series A Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs

Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock

Balance, January 2, 2021

Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock

Balance, January 1, 2022

Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock

Balance, December 31, 2022

57

Series A Preferred Stock

Shares

Carrying Value

— $ 

500,000

23,127

523,127

9,154

532,281 

—

532,281 

$ 

— 

491

28 

519 

15 

534 

—

534 

 
 
 
 
 
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2022 FMR LLC, is a holder of approximately 11% of the Company’s outstanding common stock based on 
information  provided  in  its  most  recent  amendment  to  its  Schedule  13G  filed  with  the  SEC.  As  of  December  31,  2022 
investment funds managed by an affiliate of FMR LLC held approximately $19 million in aggregate principal amount of the 
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility. As of January 1, 2022, investment funds 
managed by an affiliate of FMR LLC held approximately $24 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Incremental 
Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility. Certain FMR LLC affiliates also provide administrative and 
trustee  services  for  the  Company’s  401(k)  Plan  and  provide  administrative  services  for  other  Company  sponsored  employee 
benefit plans. Fees earned by FMR LLC affiliates are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

KKR Capital Markets LLC (“KKR Capital Markets”), an affiliate of KKR, received an aggregate of $2 million for debt advisory 
services rendered in connection with the Company’s 2021 debt refinancing activities and $6 million for debt advisory services 
rendered  in  connection  with  the  financing  of  the  Smart  Foodservice  acquisition  during  fiscal  year  2020.  As  reported  by  the 
administrative agent of the Initial Term Loan Facility and the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loan Agent”), 
investment  funds  managed  by  an  affiliate  of  KKR  held  approximately  $15  million  and  $17  million  in  aggregate  principal 
amount of the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively.

16.  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES AND COMMON STOCK

Our long-term incentive plans provide for the grant of various forms of share-based awards to our directors, officers and other 
eligible employees. 

Total compensation expense related to share-based arrangements was $45 million, $48 million and $40 million for fiscal years 
2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  and  is  reflected  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  The  total  income  tax  benefit  associated  with  share-based  compensation 
recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income was $9 million, $10 million and $8 million for 
fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In  addition,  the  Company  sponsors  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  to  provide  eligible  employees  with  the  opportunity  to 
acquire shares of our common stock at a discount of 15% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of purchase, 
and as such, the plan is considered compensatory for federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded $4 million, $4 million 
and  $3  million  of  share-based  compensation  expense  for  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  associated  with  the 
employee stock purchase plan.

Stock Options—Certain directors, executive officers and other eligible employees have been granted time-based stock options 
(the  “Time-Based  Options”)  and  performance-based  options  (the  “Performance  Options”  and,  together  with  the  Time-Based 
Options, the “Options”) to purchase shares of our common stock. 

The  Time-Based  Options  generally  vest  and  become  exercisable  ratably  over  a  three  year  period  from  the  date  of  the  grant. 
Share-based compensation expense related to the Time-Based Options was $6 million, $12 million and $10 million for fiscal 
years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Performance Options generally vest and become exercisable ratably over a period of three years, from the date of the grant, 
provided  that  the  Company  achieves  a  predetermined  financial  performance  condition  established  by  the  Compensation  and 
Human Capital Committee of our Board of Directors for the respective award tranche. There was no share-based compensation 
expense recorded in fiscal year 2022, 2021 and 2020 related to the Performance Options.

The Options are nonqualified, with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of a share of common stock as of the date of 
the grant. Exercise prices range from $12.56 to $38.17 per share and generally have a 10-year life. The fair value of each Option 
is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

58

The weighted-average assumptions for Options granted in fiscal years 2021 and 2020 are included in the following table. No 
options were granted in fiscal year 2022.

Expected volatility
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)

2021

2020

 53.0 %
— 
 1.1 %
6.1

 29.3 %
— 
 0.5 %
6.1

Expected  volatility  is  calculated  leveraging  the  historical  volatility  of  public  companies  similar  to  US  Foods.  The  assumed 
dividend yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends. The risk-free interest rate is the implied zero-
coupon yield for U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity approximately equal to the expected term, as of the grant date. Due 
to a lack of relevant historical data, the simplified approach was used to determine the expected term of the options.

The summary of Options outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2022 are presented below:

Outstanding as of January 1, 2022

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Weighted-
Average 
Fair Value

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Total
Options

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Years

Time 
Options
  5,184,172 
— 

Performance
Options
  263,643 
— 

  (782,675)   
  (750,891)   
  3,650,606 

(76,356)   
(966)   

  186,321 

—  $ 

8.96  $  24.14 
  5,447,815  $ 
— 
—  $ 
(859,031)  $ 
6.54  $  19.07 
(751,857)  $  11.29  $  29.01 
9.05  $  24.32 

  3,836,927  $ 

6.1

5.5

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2022

  2,610,641 

  186,321 

  2,796,962  $ 

8.54  $  24.53 

The  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  of  Options  granted  for  fiscal  years  2021  and  2020  was  $18.59  and  $3.91, 
respectively.

During  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  Options  were  exercised  with  total  intrinsic  values  of  $13  million,  $14  million  and 
$3 million, respectively, representing the excess of fair value over the exercise price. 

There was $5 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested Options expected to vest as of December 31, 
2022, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1 year.

Restricted Stock Awards—Certain executive officers have been granted restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), some of which vest 
ratably over a three-year period from the date of grant (the “Time-Based RSA”) and others of which vest to the extent certain 
performance conditions are met (the “Performance RSAs”).

The  Company  recorded  de  minimis  share-based  compensation  expense  for  the  Time-Based  RSAs  in  fiscal  year  2022,  and 
$1 million in both fiscal years 2021 and 2020.

The Performance RSAs were granted assuming the maximum level of performance and vest on the third anniversary of the grant 
date if specific performance conditions over a three-year performance period are achieved. The number of shares eligible to vest 
on  the  vesting  date  range  from  zero  to  200%  of  the  target  award  amount,  based  on  the  achievement  of  the  performance 
conditions. The fair value of the Performance RSAs is measured using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of 
grant  and  recognized  over  the  three-year  vesting  period  for  the  portion  of  the  award  that  is  expected  to  vest.  Compensation 
expense for the Performance RSAs is remeasured as of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of 
whether, and to what extent, it is probable that performance conditions will be met. 

Share-based  compensation  expense  for  the  Performance  RSAs  was  de  minimis  for  fiscal  year  2022,  and  $1  million  and  $2 
million for fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
The summary of unvested RSAs and changes during fiscal year 2022 is presented below: 

Unvested as of January 1, 2022
      Granted
      Vested   
      Forfeited
      Performance adjustment(1)
Unvested as of December 31, 2022

Time-Based 
RSAs

35,693 
— 

Performance 
RSAs
214,134 
— 

(35,693)   

(109,651)   

— 
— 
— 

— 

(104,483)   

— 

Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value

Total RSAs

249,827  $ 
—  $ 
(145,344)  $ 
—  $ 
(104,483)  $ 
—  $ 

34.56 
— 
34.56 
— 
34.56 
— 

(1) Represents an adjustment to the 2019 Performance RSAs based on the actual performance during the three-year performance period.

There were no RSAs granted in fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020. There was no unrecognized compensation expense related to 
the RSAs as of December 31, 2022.

Restricted  Stock  Units—Certain  directors,  executive  officers  and  other  eligible  employees  have  been  granted  time-based 
restricted stock units (the “Time-Based RSUs”), performance-based restricted stock units (the “Performance RSUs”) and market 
performance-based restricted stock units (the “Market Performance RSUs” and collectively with the Time-Based RSUs 

and Performance RSUs, the “RSUs”). The Time-Based RSUs generally vest ratably over three years, starting on the anniversary 
date  of  the  grant.  For  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  recognized  $29  million,  $26  million  and  $23  million, 
respectively, in share-based compensation expense related to the Time-Based RSUs.

The Performance RSUs generally vest over a three year period, as and to the extent predetermined performance conditions are 
met. The fair value of each share underlying the Performance RSUs is measured at the fair market value of our common stock 
on the date of grant and recognized over the vesting period for the portion of the award that is expected to vest. Compensation 
expense for the Performance RSUs is remeasured as of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of 
whether  it  is  probable  that  the  performance  conditions  will  be  met.  The  Company  recognized  $4  million,  $1  million  and 
$1 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, for the Performance RSUs. 

During  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  granted  Market  Performance  RSUs  to  certain  executive  officers  and  other  eligible 
employees.  These  Market  Performance  RSUs  awards  vest  at  the  end  of  a  four-year  performance  period  contingent  on  our 
achievement of certain total shareholder return performance (“TSR”) targets during the performance period. The grant date fair 
value  of  the  Market  Performance  RSUs  was  estimated  using  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation.  The  Company  recognized  $1  million 
and $3 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively, for the Market Performance 
RSUs.  There  were  no  Market  Performance  RSUs  outstanding  prior  to  fiscal  year  2021  and  therefore  no  share-based 
compensation expense was recorded in 2020 related to the Market Performance RSUs. 

A summary of RSUs outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2022 is presented below.

Unvested as of January 1, 2022

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

      Performance adjustment(1)
Unvested as of December 31, 2022

Time-Based
RSUs

Performance
RSUs

2,305,296 

1,373,553 

106,063 

516,484 

(1,079,225)   

(106,090)   

Market  
Performance 
RSUs

Total
RSUs

Weighted-
Average
Fair 
Value

350,143 

2,761,502  $ 

— 

— 

1,890,037  $ 

(1,185,315)  $ 

(426,687)   

(127,217)   

(140,816)   

(694,720)  $ 

— 

2,172,937 

2,536 

391,776 

— 

2,536  $ 

209,327 

2,774,040  $ 

25.60 

35.81 

23.73 

32.54 

34.61 

31.62 

(1) Represents an adjustment to the 2019 Performance RSUs based on actual performance during the respective three-year performance period.

The weighted-average grant date fair values for the RSUs granted in fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020 was $35.81, $37.74 and 
$13.83, respectively.

As of December 31, 2022, there was $52 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the RSUs that is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Repurchase Program - On November 2, 2022, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program under which 
the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock. For the year ended December 31, 
2022, the Company repurchased 396,069 shares at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14 million under the program. 
At December 31, 2022, there was approximately $486 million in remaining funds authorized under this program.

The size and timing of any repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including share price, general business and market 
conditions and other factors. Under the share repurchase program, repurchases can be made from time to time using a variety of 
methods,  including  open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  accelerated  share  repurchases  and  Rule  10b5-1 
trading plans. The share repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of shares, and the 
repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion. The repurchase authorization 
does not have an expiration date.

17.  LEASES

The  Company  leases  certain  distribution  and  warehouse  facilities,  office  facilities,  fleet  vehicles,  and  office  and  warehouse 
equipment.  The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception  and  recognizes  a  financing  or  operating  lease 
liability  and  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  asset  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  are 
recognized based on the present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term as of commencement date. For the 
Company’s leases that do not provide an implicit borrowing rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the 
information  available  as  of  commencement  date  in  determining  the  present  value  of  future  payments.  The  lease  terms  may 
include options to extend, terminate or buy out the lease. When it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise these 
options, the associated payments are included in ROU assets and the estimated lease liabilities. Leases with an initial term of 12 
months  or  less  are  not  recorded  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  recognizes  lease  expense  for 
leases  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term.  The  Company  has  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components, 
which are accounted for separately. For office and warehouse equipment leases, the Company accounts for the lease and non-
lease  components  as  a  single  lease  component.  Variable  lease  payments  that  do  not  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  such  as 
insurance and property taxes, are excluded from the measurement of the lease liability and are recognized as variable lease cost 
when the obligation for that payment is incurred. As of December 31, 2022, lease agreements included residual value guarantees 
of up to $221 million that could potentially come due in future periods. For leases which we believe it probable amounts will be 
owed under these guarantees we have included the residual value guarantee within the lease payments to measure the right-of-
use assets and lease liabilities. 

During 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements for four distribution facilities that were previously classified as 
operating  leases.  As  a  result  of  terminating  the  original  leases,  the  Company  recognized  a  charge  of  $9  million,  which  was 
recorded  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs.  These  new  leases  are  classified  as  financing  leases,  were  measured 
using our incremental borrowing rate and are included in our right of use assets and lease liabilities in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. Rental payments are calculated at the applicable reference rate plus a margin.

The following table presents the location of the ROU assets and lease liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Leases

Assets

Operating

Financing

Total leased assets

Liabilities

Current:

Operating

Financing

Noncurrent:

Operating

Financing

Consolidated Balance Sheet Location

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

Other assets
Property and equipment-net(1)

$ 

$ 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities $ 
Current portion of long-term debt

Other long-term liabilities

Long-term debt

265  $ 

395 

660  $ 

36  $ 

92 

246 

354 

275 

291 

566 

36 

72 

244 

220 

572 

Total lease liabilities

$ 

728  $ 

(1) Financing lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $263 million and $261 million as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 

2022.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  the  location  of  lease  costs  in  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income:

Lease Cost

Operating lease cost

Financing lease cost:

Statements of Comprehensive Income Location

2022

2021

2020

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

$ 

69  $ 

58  $ 

Amortization of leased assets

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest expense-net

Short-term lease cost

Variable lease cost

Net lease cost

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Future lease payments under lease agreements as of December 31, 2022 were as follows: 

70 

11 

2 

10 

73 

10 

1 

11 

52 

79

12

— 

13

$ 

162  $ 

153  $ 

156 

Maturity of Lease Liabilities
2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

After 2027

Total lease payments

Less amount representing interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Operating 
Leases

Financing Lease
Obligation

Total

$ 

53  $ 

49 

47 

43 

38 

142 

372 

$ 

(90)   

282  $ 

107  $ 

102 

83 

71 

61 

84 

508 

(62)   

446  $ 

160 

151 

130 

114 

99 

226 

880 

(152) 

728 

Other information related to lease agreements for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Cash Paid For Amounts Included In Measurement of 
Liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from financing leases

Financing cash flows from financing leases

Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):

Operating leases

Financing leases

Weighted-average discount rate:

Operating leases

Financing leases

18.  RETIREMENT PLANS

2022

2021

2020

$ 

56  $ 

11 

73 

55  $ 

10 

87 

56 

12 

102 

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 2022

January 2, 2021

8.32

6.36

 6.5 %

 4.1 %

8.30

5.74

 6.1 %

 3.2 %

8.42

5.31

 6.6 %

 3.2 %

The  Company  sponsors  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  and  401(k)  plan  for  eligible  employees,  and  provides  certain 
postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. 

Company  Sponsored  Defined  Benefit  Plans  —  The  Company  sponsors  the  US  Foods  Consolidated  Defined  Benefit 
Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a qualified defined benefit retirement plan, that pays benefits to eligible employees at 
the  time  of  retirement,  using  actuarial  formulas  based  upon  a  participant’s  years  of  credited  service  and  compensation.  Only 
certain union associates are eligible to participate and continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreements.  The  plan  is  closed  and  frozen  to  all  other  employees.  During  fiscal  year  2020,  in  connection  with  the  Smart 
Foodservice acquisition, the Company assumed a defined benefit pension plan with net liabilities of approximately $19 million. 
This defined benefit pension plan was merged into the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2020. The Company also maintains 
postretirement health and welfare plans for certain employees. Amounts related to the Retirement Plan and other postretirement 
plans recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are determined on an actuarial basis.

The components of net periodic pension benefit costs (credits) for the Retirement Plan the last three fiscal years were as follows:

Components of net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs:

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net loss

Net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs 

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

3  $ 
30 
(52)   
— 
(19)  $ 

3  $ 
29 
(54)   
— 
(22)  $ 

3 
32 
(55) 
1 
(19) 

Other postretirement benefit costs were de minimis for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020.

The service cost component of net periodic benefit (credits) costs is included in distribution, selling and administrative costs, 
while  the  other  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  (credits)  costs  are  included  in  other  income—net  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

The Company did not make a significant contribution to the Retirement Plan in fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020. There have 
been no non-cash settlement costs incurred in fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020.

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits for the 
last three fiscal years were as follows: 

Changes recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Actuarial (loss) gain
Amortization of net loss

Net amount recognized

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

(73)  $ 
— 
(73)  $ 

14  $ 
— 
14  $ 

29 
1 
30 

Changes  in  plan  assets  and  benefit  obligations  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  for  other  postretirement 
benefits for the last three fiscal years were de minimis.

The funded status of the Retirement Plan for the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit disbursements
Smart Foodservice assumed benefit obligations
Projected benefit obligation as of end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year
(Loss) return on plan assets
Benefit disbursements
Smart Foodservice acquired plan assets

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

Net funded status

63

Pension Benefits
2021

2020

2022

$ 

1,016  $ 
3 
30 
(274)   
(55)   
— 
720 

1,103 
(295)   
(55)   
— 
753 

1,061  $ 
3 
29 
(30)   
(47)   
— 
1,016 

1,112 
38 
(47)   
— 
1,103 

903 
3 
32 
98 
(45) 
70 
1,061 

923 
183 
(45) 
51 
1,112 

$ 

33  $ 

87  $ 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2022 decreased from a net asset of $87 million to a net asset of $33 
million, primarily due to negative investment returns on assets, offset by an increase in the discount rate. The net funded status 
of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2021 improved from a net asset of $51 million to a net asset of $87 million, primarily due 
to asset returns, and an increase in the discount rate. The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2020 improved 
from a net asset of $20 million to a net asset of $51 million, primarily due to asset returns, partially offset by a decrease in the 
discount rate and the merger of the Smart Foodservice pension plan into the Retirement Plan. 

The fiscal year 2022 pension benefits actuarial gain of $274 million was primarily due to an increase in the discount rate. The 
fiscal year 2021 pension benefits actuarial gain of $30 million was primarily due to an increase in the discount rate. The fiscal 
year 2020 pension benefits actuarial loss of $98 million was primarily due to a decrease in the discount rate.

The funded status of the Other Post Retirement Plans for the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Other Postretirement Plans
2021

2020

2022

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year
Benefit disbursements
Other

Benefit obligation as of end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year
Employer contribution
Benefit disbursements

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

Net funded status

$ 

$ 

6  $ 
(1)   
— 
5 

— 
1 
(1)   
— 
(5)  $ 

6  $ 
(1)   
1 
6 

— 
1 
(1)   
— 
(6)  $ 

6 
(1) 
1 
6 

— 
1 
(1) 
— 
(6) 

Service cost, interest cost and actuarial (gain) loss for other postretirement benefits were de minimis for fiscal years 2022, 2021 
and 2020.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amounts recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the company-sponsored defined benefit 
plans and other postretirement benefit plans consisted of the following: 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:

Prepaid benefit obligation—noncurrent

Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent

Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets

Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Net loss

Net loss recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss

Additional information:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Accrued benefit obligation—current
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Gain, net of prior service cost

Net gain recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
Additional information:

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Pension Benefits
2021

2020

2022

34  $ 

(1)   

89  $ 

(1)   

53 

(2) 

33  $ 

88  $ 

51 

159  $ 

85  $ 

159  $ 

85  $ 

98 

98 

717  $ 

1,012  $ 

1,057 

Other Postretirement Plans
2021

2020

2022

(1)  $ 
(4)   

(1)  $ 
(5)   

(5)  $ 

(6)  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

5  $ 

6  $ 

— 
(6) 

(6) 

— 

— 

6 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of period-end and net pension costs for the last three 
fiscal years were as follows:

Benefit obligation:
Discount rate
Annual compensation increase

Net cost:

Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Annual compensation increase

Benefit obligation—discount rate
Net cost—discount rate

Pension Benefits
2021

2020

2022

 5.50 %
 2.96 %

 3.00 %
 4.75 %
 2.96 %

 3.00 %
 2.96 %

 2.80 %
 5.00 %
 2.96 %

 2.80 %
 2.96 %

 3.50 %
 6.00 %
 3.60 %

Other Postretirement Plans
2021

2020

2022

 5.50 %
 3.00 %

 3.00 %
 2.80 %

 2.80 %
 3.50 %

65

 
 
The  measurement  date  for  the  defined  benefit  and  other  postretirement  benefit  plans  was  December  31  for  fiscal  years  2022, 
2021  and  2020.  For  2022,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  applies  the  practical  expedient  under  ASU  No.  2015-4  to  measure 
defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end. 

The mortality assumptions used to determine the pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2022 are based on the Pri-2012 
base mortality table with the MP-2020 mortality improvement scale published by the Society of Actuaries.

A  health  care  cost  trend  rate  is  used  in  the  calculations  of  postretirement  medical  benefit  plan  obligations.  The  assumed 
healthcare trend rates for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

Immediate rate
Ultimate trend rate
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

2022

2021

2020

 6.50 %
 4.50 %
2037

 5.50 %
 4.50 %
2037

 5.60 %
 4.50 %
2037

Retirees covered under these plans are responsible for the cost of coverage in excess of the subsidy, including all future cost 
increases. 

In determining the discount rate, the Company determines the implied rate of return on a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality 
fixed-income investments, for which the timing and amount of cash outflows approximates the estimated pension plan payouts. 
The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as appropriate.

The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  derived  from  a  mathematical  asset  model.  This  model  incorporates 
assumptions  on  the  various  asset  class  returns,  reflecting  a  combination  of  historical  performance  analysis  and  the  forward-
looking  views  of  the  financial  markets  regarding  the  yield  on  long-term  bonds  and  the  historical  returns  of  the  major  stock 
markets. The rate of return assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate.

The  US  Foods,  Inc.  Retirement  Investment  Committee  (the  “Committee”)  has  authority  and  responsibility  to  oversee  the 
investment  and  management  of  the  trust  (“the  Trust”)  which  holds  the  assets  of  the  Retirement  Plan  and  has  adopted  an 
Investment  Policy  to  provide  a  framework  for  the  management  of  the  Trust’s  assets,  including  the  objectives  and  long-term 
strategy with respect to the investment program of the Trust. Pursuant to the Investment Policy, the primary goal of investing 
Trust assets is to ensure that pension liabilities are met over time, and that Trust assets are invested in a manner that maximizes 
the probability of meeting pension liabilities. The secondary goal of investing Trust assets is to maximize long-term investment 
return  consistent  with  a  reasonable  level  of  risk.  Through  consultation  with  its  investment  consultant,  the  Committee  has 
developed long-term asset allocation guidelines intended to achieve investment objectives relative to projected liabilities. Based 
on those projections, the Committee has approved a dynamic asset allocation strategy that increases the liability-hedging assets 
of the Trust and decreases the return-seeking assets of the Trust as the funded ratio of the Retirement Plan improves. Based upon 
the funded ratio of the Retirement Plan, an asset allocation of 30% equity securities (U.S. large cap equities, U.S. small and mid-
cap equities and non-U.S. equities) and 70% fixed income securities (U.S. Treasuries, STRIPs, and investment grade corporate 
bonds)  was  targeted  during  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2022.  The  actual  mix  of  assets  in  the  Trust  as  of  December  31,  2022 
consisted of 32% equity securities and 68% fixed income securities. 

66

The following table sets forth the fair value of our defined benefit plans’ assets by asset fair value hierarchy level:

Asset Fair Value as of December 31, 2022
Total

Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

Equities:

Domestic
International

Mutual fund:

International equities
Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic
International

U.S. government securities
Other

Common collective trust funds:

$ 

32  $ 
2 

—  $ 
— 

—  $ 
— 

22 

— 
— 

$ 

56  $ 

— 

216 
27 
7 
3 
253  $ 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

Cash equivalents
Domestic equities
International equities
Treasury STRIPS
U.S. government securities
Total investments measured at net asset value as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

$ 

32 
2 

22 

216 
27 
7 
3 
309 

24 
147 
41 
164 
68 
444 
753 

Asset Fair Value as of January 1, 2022

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

2  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

44 

2 

26 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

286 
45 

7 

$ 

74  $ 

338  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

2 

44 

2 

26 

286 
45 

7 

412 

24 

219 

49 

303 

96 
691 

$ 

1,103 

Cash and cash equivalents

Equities:

Domestic

International

Mutual fund:

International equities

Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic
International

U.S. government securities

Common collective trust funds:

Cash equivalents

Domestic equities

International equities

Treasury STRIPS

U.S. government securities

Total investments measured at net asset value as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value is as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

Cash and cash equivalents are valued at original cost plus accrued interest.

Equities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual securities are traded.

Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual funds are traded.

Long-term debt securities are valued at the estimated price a dealer will pay for the individual securities.

Common collective trust funds are measured at the net asset value as of the December 31, 2022 and 2021 measurement 
dates. This class represents investments in common collective trust funds that invest in:

◦

◦

◦

Equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures in actively managed funds; and 

Treasury STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) representing zero coupon 
Treasury securities with long-term maturities.

U.S. government securities representing government bonds with long-term maturities. 

Estimated future benefit payments, under Company sponsored plans as of December 31, 2022, were as follows:

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

Subsequent five years

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Plans

$ 

50  $ 

47 

49 

50 

51 

241 

1 

1 

1 

— 

— 

2 

The Company does not expect to make a significant contribution to the Retirement Plans in fiscal year 2023.

Other  Company  Sponsored  Benefit  Plans—Certain  employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  401(k)  savings 
plan. The Company made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan of $57 million, $52 million and $47 million for 
fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Multiemployer Pension Plans—The Company is also required to contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under the 
terms  of  collective  bargaining  agreement  (“CBAs”)  that  cover  certain  of  its  union-represented  employees.  These  plans  are 
jointly administered by trustees for participating employers and the applicable unions.

The  risks  of  participating  in  multiemployer  pension  plans  differ  from  traditional  single-employer  defined  benefit  plans  as 
follows:

•

•

•

Assets contributed to a multiemployer pension plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to the employees of 
other participating employers.

If a participating employer stops contributing to a multiemployer pension plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may 
be borne by the remaining participating employers.

If  the  Company  elects  to  stop  participation  in  a  multiemployer  pension  plan,  or  if  the  number  of  the  Company’s 
employees  participating  in  a  plan  is  reduced  to  a  certain  degree  over  certain  periods  of  time,  the  Company  may  be 
required to pay a withdrawal liability based upon the underfunded status of the plan.

The  Company’s  participation  in  multiemployer  pension  plans  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2022  is  outlined  in  the 
tables below. The Company considers significant plans to be those plans to which the Company contributed more than 5% of 
total contributions to the plan in a given plan year, or for which the Company believes its estimated withdrawal liability, should 
it decide to voluntarily withdraw from the plan, may be material to the Company. For each plan that is considered individually 
significant to the Company, the following information is provided:

•

•

The  EIN/Plan  Number  column  provides  the  Employee  Identification  Number  (“EIN”)  and  the  three-digit  plan  number 
assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue Service.

The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available for fiscal years 2022 and 2021 is for the plan years 
beginning in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The zone status is based on information provided to participating employers by 
each  plan  and  is  certified  by  the  plan’s  actuary.  A  plan  in  the  red  zone  has  been  determined  to  be  in  critical  status,  or 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
critical and declining status, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), and is generally 
less than 65% funded. Plans are generally considered “critical and declining” if they are projected to become insolvent 
within 20 years. A plan in the yellow zone has been determined to be in endangered status, based on criteria established 
under the Code, and is generally less than 80% but more than 65% funded. A plan in the green zone has been determined 
to be neither in critical status nor in endangered status, and is generally at least 80% funded.

The  FIP/RP  Status  Pending/Implemented  column  indicates  plans  for  which  a  financial  improvement  plan  (“FIP”)  or  a 
rehabilitation  plan  (“RP”)  is  either  pending  or  has  been  implemented.  In  addition  to  regular  plan  contributions, 
participating employers may be subject to a surcharge if the plan is in the red zone.

The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether a surcharge has been imposed on participating employers contributing 
to the plan.

The Expiration Dates column indicates the expiration dates of the CBAs to which the plans are subject.

•

•

•

Pension Fund

Minneapolis Food Distributing
   Industry Pension Plan

Teamster Pension Trust Fund of
   Philadelphia and Vicinity

Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and
   Food Employees’ Pension Plan

EIN/
Plan Number

PPA
Zone Status

2022

2021

FIP/RP 
Status
Pending/
Implemented

Surcharge
Imposed

Expiration
 Dates

41-6047047/001

Green

Green

N/A

23-1511735/001

Green

Yellow

Implemented

36-6491473/001

Green

Green

N/A

No

No

No

No

No

No

04/05/2025

02/13/2026

06/30/2026

05/01/2027

02/13/2026

04/03/2024

United Teamsters Trust Fund A

13-5660513/001

Yellow

Yellow

Implemented

Warehouse Employees Local
   169 and Employers Joint
   Pension Fund

UFCW National Pension Fund

23-6230368/001

Red

51-6055922 / 001

Green

Red

Green

Implemented

N/A

The following table provides information about the Company’s contributions to its multiemployer pension plans. For plans that 
are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of the Company’s contributions is aggregated. 

Contributions(1)(2)
2021

2020

2022

Contributions 
That
Exceed 5% of
Total Plan 
Contributions(3)
2020
2021

Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan

Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity

Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ Pension Plan

United Teamsters Trust Fund A

Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers Joint Pension Fund

UFCW National Pension Fund

Other funds

$ 

6  $ 

5  $ 

5 

3 

1 

1 

— 

31 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

27 

$ 

47  $ 

43  $ 

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

—

5 

4 

2 

1 

1 

1 

30 

44 

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

—

Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, which may not coincide with the plans’ respective fiscal years.

(1)
(2)  Contributions do not include payments related to multiemployer pension plan withdrawals/settlements.
(3) 

Indicates whether  the Company was listed in the respective multiemployer pension plan Form 5500 for the applicable plan  year as 
having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the Company elects to voluntarily withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan, it may be responsible for its proportionate 
share of the respective plan’s unfunded vested liability. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, the 
Company  estimates  its  aggregate  withdrawal  liability  from  the  multiemployer  pension  plans  in  which  it  participates  to  be 
approximately  $119  million  as  of  December  31,  2022.  Actual  withdrawal  liabilities  incurred  by  the  Company,  if  it  were  to 
withdraw from one or more plans, could be materially different from the estimates noted here, based on better or more timely 
information from plan administrators or other changes affecting the respective plans’ funded status.

19.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company computes EPS in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income 
(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, plus the effect of potentially dilutive 
securities.  The  Company  applies  the  treasury  method  to  calculate  the  dilution  impact  of  share-based  awards—stock  options, 
non-vested restricted shares with forfeitable dividend rights, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan deferrals. 
The Company applies the if-converted method to calculate the dilution impact of the Series A Preferred Stock, if dilutive in the 
period.  For  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020,  share-based  awards  representing  2  million,  2  million  and  9  million  underlying 
common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For fiscal 
years 2022, 2021, and 2020, Series A Preferred Stock representing 25 million, 25 million and 15 million of underlying common 
shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

Numerator:

Net income (loss)
Less: Series A Preferred Stock dividends (1) 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive share-based awards
Effect of dilutive underlying shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (2)
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

265  $ 

164  $ 

(37)   

(43)   

228  $ 

121  $ 

(226) 

(28) 

(254) 

224 

2 

— 

226 

222 

3 

— 

225 

220 

— 

— 

220 

$ 

$ 

1.02  $ 

1.01  $ 

0.55  $ 

0.54  $ 

(1.15) 

(1.15) 

(1)  As discussed in Note 14 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock dividends for fiscal year 2020 and the first quarter of 2021 
were paid-in-kind in the form of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Series A Preferred Stock dividends for the remaining quarters of fiscal 
year 2021 and 2022 were paid in cash.
The  Company  applies  the  if-converted  method  to  calculate  the  dilution  impact  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  if  dilutive  in  the  period. 
Under  the  if-converted  method,  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  converted  to  common  shares  for  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  the 
weighted-average  common  shares  outstanding—diluted.  Once  converted,  there  would  be  no  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  outstanding  and 
therefore no Series A convertible preferred stock dividend.

(2) 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, for the last three fiscal years: 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss components

Retirement benefit obligations:

Balance as of beginning of year (1)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

Reclassification adjustments:

Amortization of net loss (2) (3)
Settlements (2) (3)
Total before income tax

Income tax provision 

Current year comprehensive income, net of tax

Balance as of end of year (1)

Interest rate swaps:

Balance as of beginning of year (1)
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

Amounts reclassified to interest expense

Total before income tax

Income tax provision (benefit) 

Current year comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Balance as of end of year (1)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of end of year(1)

2022

2021

2020

$ 

(19)  $ 

(29)  $ 

(73)   

— 

— 

(73)   

(19)   

(54)   

14 

— 

— 

14 

4 

10 

(52) 

29 

1 

— 

30 

7 

23 

$ 

(73)  $ 

(19)  $ 

(29) 

$ 

—  $ 

(5)  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

5 

6 

1 

5 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

(73)  $ 

—  $ 

(19)  $ 

(2) 

(11) 

6 

(5) 

(2) 

(3) 

(5) 

(34) 

(1)  Amounts are presented net of tax.
(2) 
(3) 

Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, for additional information.
Included in other income—net in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

21.  INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision (benefit) for the fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

Current:

Federal
State

Current income tax provision (benefit)

Deferred:

Federal
State

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

Total income tax provision (benefit)

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

69  $ 
10 
79 

3 
14 
17 
96  $ 

11  $ 
1 
12 

31 
7 
38 
50  $ 

(20) 
3 
(17) 

(39) 
(12) 
(51) 
(68) 

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021 
were 27%, 23% and 23%, respectively. The determination of the Company’s overall effective income tax rate requires the use of 
estimates.  The  effective  income  tax  rate  reflects  the  income  earned  and  taxed  in  U.S.  federal  and  various  state  jurisdictions 
based on enacted tax law, permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits and the Company’s change in relative 
income  in  each  jurisdiction.  Changes  in  tax  laws  and  rates  may  affect  recorded  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  the 
Company’s effective income tax rate in the future.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  reconciliation  of  the  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  at  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  income  tax  rate  of  21%  to  the 
Company’s income tax provision (benefit) for the fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020 is shown below: 

Federal income taxes computed at statutory rate

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
Share-based compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
Net operating loss expirations
Tax credits
Change in unrecognized tax benefits

Total income tax provision (benefit)

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

76  $ 
21 
(3)   
7 
(12)   
9 
(1)   
(1)   
96  $ 

45  $ 
10 
(5)   
5 
(7)   
5 
(1)   
(2)   
50  $ 

(62) 
(10) 
1 
7 
(1) 
3 
(3) 
(3) 
(68) 

Temporary differences and carryforwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Operating lease liabilities

Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liabilities

Financing lease and other long term liabilities

Net operating loss carryforwards

Other deferred tax assets

Total gross deferred tax assets

Less valuation allowance

Total net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment

Operating lease assets

Inventories

Intangibles

Financing lease and other long term liabilities

Other deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

70  $ 

43 

80 

48 

114 

355 

(16)   

339 

(166)   

(66)   

(40)   

(304)   

(45)   

(16)   
(637)   

$ 

(298)  $ 

70 

45 

71 

68 

97 

351 

(28) 

323 

(195) 

(68) 

(40) 

(290) 

— 

(29) 
(622) 

(299) 

The net deferred tax liabilities presented in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows: 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Noncurrent deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

$ 

—  $ 
(298)   
(298)  $ 

8 
(307) 
(299) 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company had tax affected state net operating loss carryforwards of $48 million as of December 31, 2022. The Company’s 
net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:

2023-2027
2028-2032
2033-2037
2038-2042
Indefinite

State

17 
10 
7 
11 
3 
48 

$ 

$ 

The Company also has state credit carryforwards of $16 million.

The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits 
taken in prior years. The net operating losses for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in 
accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.

Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a portion of the Company’s domestic net 
operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  may  be  limited  in  future  periods.  Further,  a  portion  of  the  carryforwards  may 
expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.

The  Company  maintained  a  valuation  allowance  on  certain  state  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  expected  to 
expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the carryforward period or the utilization of which is 
subject to limitation. 

A summary of the activity in the valuation allowance for the fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year
(Benefit) expense recognized

Balance as of end of year

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

28  $ 
(12)   
16  $ 

35 
(7)   
28  $ 

36 
(1) 
35 

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in 
U.S. federal and state jurisdictions. The Company (1) records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 
740,  Income  Taxes  and  (2)  adjusts  these  liabilities  when  the  Company’s  judgment  changes  because  of  the  evaluation  of  new 
information  not  previously  available.  Because  of  the  complexity  of  some  of  these  uncertainties,  the  ultimate  resolution  may 
result  in  a  payment  that  is  materially  different  from  the  current  estimate  of  liabilities  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  These 
differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. 
The  Company  recognizes  an  uncertain  tax  position  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon 
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020 was as 
follows:

Balance at December 28, 2019

Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Decreases due to changes in tax rates
Positions assumed in business acquisition

Balance at January 2, 2021

Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years
Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities

Balance at January 1, 2022

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

Balance at December 31, 2022

73

$ 

$ 

39 
3 
(1) 
(5) 
3 
39 
5 
(2) 
(5) 
(5) 
32 

(2) 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  estimates  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  decrease  by  up  to 
$15 million in the next 12 months as a result of the completion of various tax audits currently in process and the expiration of 
the statute of limitations in several jurisdictions.

Included  in  the  balance  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  the  end  of  fiscal  years  2022,  2021  and  2020  was  $27  million, 
$28  million  and  $34  million,  respectively,  of  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  affect  the  effective  income  tax  rate.  The 
Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. The 
Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $8 million and $7 million as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 
2022, respectively.

The  Company  files  U.S.  federal  and  state  income  tax  returns  in  jurisdictions  with  varying  statutes  of  limitations.  Our  2007 
through  2021  U.S.  federal  income  tax  years,  and  various  state  income  tax  years  from  2000  through  2021,  remain  subject  to 
income  tax  examinations  by  the  relevant  taxing  authorities.  Prior  to  2007,  the  Company  was  owned  by  Royal  Ahold  N.V. 
(“Ahold”). Ahold indemnified the Company for 2007 pre-closing consolidated U.S. federal and certain combined state income 
taxes, and the Company is responsible for all other taxes, interest and penalties.

22.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments—The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary course of 
business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined volume of 
products. The Company had $1,077 million of purchase orders and purchase contract commitments as of December 31, 2022 to 
be purchased in fiscal year 2023 and $38 million of information technology commitments through September 2025 that are not 
recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

To minimize fuel price risk, the Company enters into forward purchase commitments for a portion of its projected diesel fuel 
requirements. The Company had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $41 million through December 2023, as of 
December 31, 2022. Additionally, the Company had electricity forward purchase commitments totaling $8 million through June 
2024, as of December 31, 2022. The Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments for fuel and electricity at 
fair value, as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception.

Legal Proceedings—The Company is subject to a number of legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. These 
legal proceedings, whether pending, threatened or unasserted, if decided adversely to or settled by the Company, may result in 
liabilities material to its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The Company has recognized provisions with 
respect to the proceedings, where appropriate, in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that the Company could settle 
one or more of these proceedings or could be required to make expenditures, in excess of the established provisions, in amounts 
that cannot be reasonably estimated. However, the Company, at present, believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings 
will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

23.  US FOODS HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

These condensed parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements.  Under  terms  of  the  agreements  governing  its  indebtedness,  the  net  assets  of  USF  are  restricted  from  being 
transferred to US Foods in the form of loans, advances or dividends with the exception of income tax payments, share-based 
compensation  settlements  and  minor  administrative  costs.  USF  had  $1.6  billion  of  restricted  payment  capacity  under  these 
covenants,  and  approximately  $2.9  billion  of  its  net  assets  were  restricted  after  taking  into  consideration  the  net  deferred  tax 
assets  and  intercompany  balances  that  eliminate  in  consolidation,  as  of  December  31,  2022.  See  Note  16,  Share-Based 
Compensation, Common Stock Issuances and Common Stock, for a discussion of the Company’s equity-related transactions. In 
the  condensed  parent  company  financial  statements  below,  the  investment  in  the  operating  subsidiary,  USF,  is  accounted  for 
using the equity method.

74

Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets
(In millions, except par value)

ASSETS

Investment in subsidiary
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 22)
Mezzanine equity:

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized; 
    0.5 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022

Shareholders’ Equity

 Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
    225 and 223 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury Stock, .5 and 0 shares, respectively

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

4,492  $ 
4 
4,496  $ 

1  $ 
1 

4,266 
4 
4,270 

1 
1 

534 

534 

2 
3,036 
1,010 

(73)   
(14)   

3,961 
4,496  $ 

2 
2,970 
782 
(19) 
— 
3,735 
4,270 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Comprehensive Income

Income before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary
Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations

Unrecognized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps
     Comprehensive income (loss)

Net income (loss)

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

December 31, 
2022

Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 
2022

January 2, 
2021

$ 

—  $ 

— 
— 

265 
265 

(54)   

— 

211  $ 

265  $ 

(37)   

228  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

(4)   
4 

160 
164 

10 

5 

179  $ 

164  $ 

(43)   

121  $ 

— 

(5) 
5 

(231) 
(226) 

23 

(3) 

(206) 

(226) 

(28) 

(254) 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in other assets

Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in subsidiary

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock

Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock

Repurchase of common stock

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

December 31, 
2022

Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 
2022

January 2, 
2021

$ 

265  $ 

164  $ 

(226) 

(265) 

(160) 

231 

— 

— 

— 

51 

51 

— 

(37) 
(14)   
(51) 

— 

— 

(4) 

— 

— 

28 

28 

— 

(28) 
— 
(28) 

— 

— 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

(5) 

— 

(491) 

(491) 

491 

— 
— 
491 

— 

— 

— 

24.  BUSINESS INFORMATION 

The  Company’s  consolidated  results  represent  the  results  of  its  one  business  segment  based  on  how  the  Company’s  chief 
operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, views the business for purposes of evaluating performance and making 
operating decisions.

The  Company  markets,  sells,  and  distributes  fresh,  frozen  and  dry  food  and  non-food  products  to  foodservice  customers 
throughout the U.S. The Company uses a centralized management structure, and its strategies and initiatives are implemented 
and executed consistently across the organization to maximize value to the organization as a whole. The Company uses shared 
resources  for  sales,  procurement,  and  general  and  administrative  activities  across  each  of  its  distribution  facilities  and 
operations.  The  Company’s  distribution  facilities  form  a  single  network  to  reach  its  customers;  it  is  common  for  a  single 
customer to make purchases from several different distribution facilities. Capital projects, whether for cost savings or generating 
incremental revenue, are evaluated based on estimated economic returns to the organization as a whole.

No  single  customer  accounted  for  more  than  3%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  year  2022,  2%  of  the 
Company’s consolidated net sales for fiscal years 2021, and 3% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2020. 
However,  customers  who  are  members  of  one  group  purchasing  organization  accounted,  in  the  aggregate,  for  approximately 
12% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2022, 11% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for fiscal year 
2021 and 13% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for fiscal years 2020.

25.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Share  Repurchase  Program  -  For  the  month  ended  January  31,  2023,  the  Company  repurchased  460,060  shares  at  an 
aggregate purchase price of approximately $17 million under the program. At January 31, 2023, there was approximately $469 
million in remaining funds authorized under this program.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2022, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision 
and with the participation of US Foods Holding Corp.’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial 
Officer, of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based 
upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  we  file  with  the  SEC  is  recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be 
disclosed  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting dated February 16, 2023

Management  of  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the U.S. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the  Company,  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  Company,  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that  could  have  a 
material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices, and actions taken 
to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2022. 
Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Management’s 
assessment  included  an  evaluation  of  the  design  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  testing  of  the 
operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the 
Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2022, the Company maintained effective internal control 
over financial reporting. Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which audited and reported on the 
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022 that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

77

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of 
December  31,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022, of the Company and our report dated 
February 16, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting dated February 16, 2023. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent 
with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 16, 2023

78

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

79

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this item with respect to members of the Board of Directors and with respect to the Audit Committee will 
be included in our definitive proxy statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2023 Proxy Statement”) under the 
captions  “Election  of  Directors”  and  “Corporate  Governance-Meetings  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees-Audit  Committee”  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference. The information required by this item with respect to our Code of Conduct will be included in our 
2023  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Corporate  Governance-Corporate  Governance  Materials”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. See Item 1 of Part I, “Business-Information about our Executive Officers” for the information required by this item with 
respect to our executive officers.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our 2023 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis,” “Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” and is 
incorporated herein by reference, provided that the Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report shall not be deemed to be 
“filed” with this Annual Report.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  will  be 
included in our 2023 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors, and Officers” 
and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is presented 
below.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2022:

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders

Equity compensation plans 
not approved by stockholders

Total

Number of shares 
to be issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options,
restricted warrants and rights(1)

Weighted-average exercise price 
of shares underlying
outstanding options, warrants 
and rights(2)

Number of shares remaining 
available for future issuance 
under equity compensation plans 
(excluding shares reflected 
in column (a))(3)

6,610,967 

—

6,610,967

24.32

—

24.32

7,964,054 

—

7,964,054

(1)   This number consists of 203,516 shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding 
Corp. and its Affiliates, 1,445,181 shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, and 4,962,270 
shares subject to outstanding awards under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). 

(2)  This weighted-average exercise price is calculated based on the exercise prices of outstanding Options and does not reflect the shares that will be issued 

upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(3)  This number consists of 7,553,004 shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan, and 411,050 shares reserved for issuance under the employee stock 

purchase plan. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  2023  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Election  of  Directors,” 
“Corporate Governance” and “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our 2023 Proxy Statement under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.

80

   
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  1.  Financial Statements:

Part IV

The following financial statements of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and 

January 2, 2021

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and 

January 2, 2021

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and January 2, 

2021

2.  Financial Statement Schedules

37
39

40

41

42

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included elsewhere in the 
financial statements or notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report or are incorporated by reference.

Exhibit No.

Description

  3.1

  3.2

  3.3

  4.1

  4.2

  4.3

  4.4

  4.5

  4.6

  4.7

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of US Foods Holding Corp., effective as of May 1, 2019 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2019).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of US Foods Holding Corp., effective as of November 2, 2022 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 7, 2022).

Certificate  of  Designations  Designating  the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Par  Value  $0.01,  of  US  Foods 
Holding Corp. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on May 6, 2020).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  thereunder  and 
Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 2016).

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors 
under the Indenture and Wilmington Trust, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 2016).

Form of 5.875% Senior Note due 2024 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 2016 (included in the indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 thereto)).

Indenture, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party 
thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee  and  as  collateral  agent  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2020).

Notes Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary grantors party 
thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2020).

Form of 6.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2020 (included in the indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 thereto)).

Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2021, by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021).

81

 
Exhibit No.
4.8

Description
Form of 4.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report 
on  Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021 (included in the indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 thereto)).  

4.9

4.10

4.11

10.1.1

10.1.2

10.1.3

10.1.4

10.2.1

10.2.2

10.2.3

10.2.4

10.2.5

10.2.6

10.2.7

Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2021 by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021).

Form  of  4.625%  Senior  Secured  Notes  due  2030  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  November  24,  2021  (included  in  the  indenture  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1 
thereto)).

Description of Securities of US Foods Holding Corp. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021).

ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Borrowers party thereto, 
the Lenders and Issuing Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 4, 2019).

Amendment No. 1 to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc. and its 
subsidiaries  party  thereto  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2019).

Additional Revolving Credit Amendment and Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2020, among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Borrowers  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  party  thereto  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  administrative 
agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on May 6, 2020).

Amendment  No.  3  dated  as  of  December  7,  2022,  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the  other  Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  the 
Lenders and Issuing Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and 
collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
December 13 2022).

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  11,  2011,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.  (f/k/a/  U.S.  Foodservice,  Inc.),  the 
Lenders  party  thereto  and  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.28  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on December 28, 2012).

First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2013, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on July 12, 2013).

Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2016, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 
2016).

Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 
17, 2017).

Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 
6, 2017).

Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2018, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 
2018).

Sixth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2019).

82

Exhibit No.
10.2.8

Description
Seventh  Amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  26,  2019,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the 
other  Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.,  Citibank,  N.A.  and  the  Lenders  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 
27, 2019).

10.2.9

10.2.10

10.3

10.4

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2020, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2020).

Ninth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2021, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021).

Investment Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, by and between US Foods Holding Corp. and KKR Fresh Aggregator 
L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 
21, 2020).

Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  May  6,  2020,  by  and  between  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  and  KKR  Fresh 
Aggregator L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on May 6, 2020).

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  Annual  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  for  Key  Employees  of  USF  Holding  Corp.  and  its  Affiliates  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 31, 2013).

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and 
its Affiliates (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of US Foods, Inc. 
filed with the SEC on May 31, 2013).

Form of Omnibus Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option Agreements under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key 
Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 8, 2016).

2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, including forms of award agreements (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016).

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Appendix  B  to  the 
Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 20, 2019).

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the US Foods Holding Corp. 
2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (for Time-Based Restricted Stock Units Awards Granted 
pre-March  2020)  under  the  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form  of  Option  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  (for  Time-Based  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Awards  Granted  pre-
March 2020) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Time-Based Restricted Stock 
Unit Awards) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2020).

Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement (for Time-Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Awards) under the 
US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2020).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Performance-Based Restricted 
Stock Unit Awards) under the US Foods Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2021).

83

Exhibit No.
10.17*

Description
Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement 
(Settlement  upon  Separation  of  Service)  under  the  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 
4, 2020).

10.18*

10.19*

10.20*

10.21*

10.22*

10.23*

10.24*

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement 
(Settlement upon Vesting) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 4, 2020).

US Foods Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Appendix B of the Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 16, 2018).

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement by and between US Foods Holding Corp. and each of Pietro Satriano 
and  John  A.  Lederer  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  Amendment  No.  5  to  the  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on May 20, 2016).

Offer Letter, dated as of July 13, 2015, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Pietro Satriano (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on August 11, 
2015).

Offer Letter, dated as of January 27, 2017, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk J. Locascio (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017).

Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Severance  Agreement  by  and  between  US  Foods,  Inc.  and  each  of  its 
executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on January 8, 2018).

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (for  3-year  Performance-Based 
Restricted  Stock  Unit  Awards)  under  the  US  Foods  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2022)

10.25

Cooperation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  9,  2022,  between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  Sachem  Head  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2022)

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30*

10.31*

10.32*

Letter  Agreement  by  and  between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  Andrew  Iacobucci,  dated  May  9,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2022).

Letter Agreement by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk Locascio, dated June 19, 2022 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

Form  of  Award  Agreement  Amendment  Letter  under  the  US  Foods  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  by  and 
between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  each  of  its  executive  officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (CEO Retention Awards) under the 
US Foods Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

Offer  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman,  dated  November  22,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 2022)

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 
2022)

Form  of  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and 
David Flitman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
November 28, 2022)

10.33*

Executive  Severance  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 2022)

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of US Foods Holding Corp.

84

Exhibit No.
23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Description

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

104

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Interactive Data File.

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) 
of Form 10-K.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

None.

85

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
(Registrant)

/s/ DAVID E. FLITMAN

By:
Name: David E. Flitman
Title:

Chief Executive Officer (Principal 
Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:

February 16, 2023

Signature

/s/ DAVID E. FLITMAN
David E. Flitman

/s/ DIRK J. LOCASCIO
Dirk J. Locascio

/s/ CHERYL A. BACHELDER
Cheryl A. Bachelder

/s/ JAMES J. BARBER, JR
James J. Barber, JR

/s/ COURT D. CARRUTHERS
Court D. Carruthers

/s/ ROBERT M. DUTKOWSKY
Robert M. Dutkowsky

/s/ SCOTT D. FERGUSON
Scott D. Ferguson

/s/ MARLA GOTTSCHALK
Marla Gottschalk
/s/SUNIL GUPTA
Sunil Gupta

/s/ CARL ANDREW PFORZHEIMER
Carl Andrew Pforzheimer
/s/ QUENTIN ROACH
Quentin Roach
/s/ NATHANIEL H. TAYLOR
Nathaniel H. Taylor

/s/ DAVID M. TEHLE
David M. Tehle

/s/ DAVID A. TOY
David A. Toy

/s/ ANN E. ZIEGLER
Ann E. Ziegler

Title

Date

Chief Executive Officer and Director

February 16, 2023

     (Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal  
Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

Director and Board Chair

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

February 16, 2023

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

*END OF FORM 10-K* 

86

ANNEX A 

US FOODS HOLDING CORP. NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION (UNAUDITED) 

($ in millions, except share and per share data) 

December 31, 
2022 

January 1, 2022 

January 2, 
2021(13)  

For the year ended 

Consolidated US Foods 

Net income (loss) (GAAP) 
Interest expense—net 
Income tax provision (benefit) 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization expense 

EBITDA (Non-GAAP) 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges (1) 
Share-based compensation expense (2) 
LIFO reserve adjustments (3) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt (4) 
Business transformation costs (5) 
COVID-19 bad debt (benefit) expense (6) 
COVID-19 product donations and inventory adjustments (7) 
COVID-19 other related expenses (8) 
Business acquisition and integration related costs and other (9) 
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) 

Diluted EPS (GAAP)  
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges (1) 
Share-based compensation expense (2) 
LIFO reserve adjustments (3) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt (4) 
Business transformation costs (5) 
COVID-19 bad debt benefit (6) 
COVID-19 other related expenses (8) 
Business acquisition and integration related costs and other (9) 
Income tax provision, as adjusted (10) 
Adjusted Diluted EPS (Non-GAAP) (11) 

(226) 
238 
(68) 
343 
79 

366 

39 
40 
25 
— 
22 
47 
50 
13 
46 
648 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

265    $ 
255   
96   
327   
45   
988   

12   
45   
147   
—   
52   
—   
—   
—   
66   
1,310    $ 
1.01    $ 
0.05   
0.18   
0.59   
—   
0.21   

—     
—   
0.26     
(0.16)  

2.14    $ 

164    $ 
213   
50   
323   
55   
805   

11   
48   
165   
23   
22   
(15)  
—  
3   
(5)  
1,057    $ 
0.54   
0.04   
0.19   
0.66   
0.09   
0.09   
(0.06)  
0.01   
(0.02)  
0.01   

1.55   

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding (Non-GAAP) (12) 

251,231,662  

249,886,068  

NM = Not Meaningful 

(1)   Consists primarily of the write-off of old leases ROU asset and lease liability of $9 million associated with entering into a new lease agreement for four distribution 
facilities for the 52 weeks ended December 31, 2022, non-CEO severance and related costs, and organizational realignment costs and other asset impairment 
charges. 

(2)   Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan. 

(3)   Represents the impact of LIFO reserve adjustments. 

(4)   Includes early redemption premium and the write-off of certain pre-existing debt issuance costs. 

(5)   Consists primarily of costs related to significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions. 

(6)   Includes the changes in the reserve for doubtful accounts expense reflecting the collection risk associated with our customer base as a result of the COVID-19 

pandemic. 

(7)   Includes COVID-19 related expenses related to inventory adjustments and product donations. 

(8)   Includes COVID-19 related costs that we are permitted to add back under certain agreements governing our indebtedness. 

(9)   Includes: (i) aggregate acquisition and integration related costs of $22 million for both fiscal years 2022 and 2021, and $45 million for fiscal year 2020; (ii) 

contested proxy and related legal and consulting costs of $21 million for fiscal year 2022; (iii) CEO severance of $5 million for fiscal year 2022; (iv) favorable 
legal settlement recoveries of $29 million for fiscal year 2021; and (v) other gains, losses or costs that we are permitted to add back for purposes of calculating 
Adjusted EBITDA under certain agreements governing our indebtedness. 

(10)   Represents our income tax provision (benefit) adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income and the removal of applicable discrete 

tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, discrete changes in valuation 
allowances, and excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income is computed 
using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
(11)  Adjusted Diluted EPS is calculated as Adjusted net income divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding (Non-GAAP). 

(12)  For purposes of the Adjusted Diluted EPS calculation (Non-GAAP), when the Company has net income (GAAP), weighted average diluted shares outstanding 

(Non-GAAP) is used and assumes conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock, and, when the Company has net loss (GAAP) and assumed conversion of 
the Series A convertible preferred stock would be antidilutive, weighted-average diluted shares outstanding (GAAP) is used. 

(13)  No reconciliations for Adjusted Diluted EPS are included for fiscal year 2020 because such numbers do not appear in this Proxy Statement. 

Net Debt and Net Leverage Ratios 

($ in millions, except ratios) 

December 31, 2022 

January 1, 2022 

Total Debt (GAAP) 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 

Net Debt (Non-GAAP) 

Adjusted EBITDA (1) 

Net Leverage Ratio  

(1)  Trailing Twelve Months (TTM) Adjusted EBITDA 

$4,854 

($211) 

$4,643 

$1,310 

3.5 

$5,011 

($148) 

$4,863 

$1,057 

4.6 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKH OLDER INFOR MAT ION

Company Headquarters
US Foods Holding Corp.
9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100
Rosemont, IL  60018

Auditors
Deloitte & Touche, LLP
111 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606

Common Stock Listing
The company’s common stock is listed on the  
New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol USFD.

Investor Inquiries
(847) 720-2815 
ir@usfoods.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Instructions and inquiries regarding transfers, certificates, 
changes of title or address, consolidation of accounts and 
elimination of multiple mailings should be directed to:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
US Foods Dedicated Line: (888) 490-1312

US Foods’ Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports 
on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, proxy 
statements and other filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, as well as news releases, can be accessed free 
of charge on the company’s website at https://ir.usfoods.com 
or by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM

BOARD OF DI RECTORS

David E. Flitman 
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Johnstone 
Interim General Counsel 

Dirk J. Locascio 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Financial Officer

Guy Babbitt  
Senior Vice President 
Shared Business Services 

Steven M. Guberman 
Executive Vice President  
Nationally Managed Business

William S. Hancock 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Supply Chain Officer

Andrew E. Iacobucci 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Transition Officer

Jay A. Kvasnicka 
Executive Vice President  
Field Operations

David A. Rickard 
Executive Vice President  
Strategy and Revenue  
Management

John A. Tonnison 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Information and  
Digital Officer

David Works  
Executive Vice President  
Chief Human Resources Officer

Robert M. Dutkowsky  
Board Chair
Former Executive Chairman
Tech Data Corporation 

Sunil Gupta 
Edward W. Carter Professor  
of Business Administration 
Harvard Business School 

Cheryl A. Bachelder  
Former Chief Executive Officer  
Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc.

Carl Andrew “Andy” Pforzheimer 
Co-Chief Executive Officer 
Tastemaker Acquisition Corporation 

James J. Barber, Jr.  
Former Chief Operating Officer 
United Parcel Service, Inc.

Court D. Carruthers 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
TricorBraun, Inc. 

Scott D. Ferguson 
Founder and Managing Partner  
Sachem Head Capital Management LP

David E. Flitman 
Chief Executive Officer 
US Foods Holding Corp.

Marla Gottschalk 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
The Pampered Chef, Ltd. 

Quentin Roach 
Former Senior Vice President   
and Chief Procurement Officer 
Mondelēz International, Inc. 

Nathaniel H. Taylor 
Co-Head of Global Private Equity  
KKR & Co.

David M. Tehle 
Former Executive Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer 
Dollar General Corporation

David A. Toy  
Former Chief Executive Officer 
Heartisan Foods Inc.

Ann E. Ziegler 
Former Senior Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer 
CDW Corporation

®

U
S
F
O
O
D
S

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
2
2

9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

usfoods.com